School of Engineering Prospectus 2014 - Walter Sisulu University

Walter Sisulu University PROSPECTUS 2014

Faculty of Science, Engineering and Technology School of Engineering

www.wsu.ac.za

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING PROSPECTUS 2014

1

2014

PROSPECTUS

CONTACT DETAILS Buffalo City Campus: College Street Delivery Site Department of Civil Engineering Contact person: Ms L Mphahlele: Academic Secretary Tel: 043 702 9264; Fax: 043 702 9320 E-mail: [email protected] Department of Electrical Engineering Contact person: Ms N Noruka: Academic Secretary Tel: 043 702 9232; Fax: 043 702 9275 E-mail: [email protected] Buffalo City campus: Chiselhurst Delivery Site Department of Construction Management & Quantity Surveying Contact person: Ms FN Nemutandani: Academic Secretary Tel: 043 709 4009; Fax: 043 709 4702/4093 E-mail: [email protected] Department of Mechanical Engineering Contact person: Ms I Els: Academic Secretary Tel: 043 709 4078, Fax: 086 510 5632 E-mail: [email protected] Butterworth campus: Ibika Delivery Site Department of Construction Management & Quantity Surveying Contact person: Ms K Fiyani: Academic Secretary Tel: 047 401 6122; Fax: 047 401 6228 E-mail: [email protected] Department of Civil Engineering Contact person: Ms K Fiyani: Academic Secretary Tel: 047 401 6122; Fax: 047 401 6299 E-mail: [email protected] Department of Electrical Engineering Contact person: Ms O Mfeya: Academic Secretary Tel: 047 401 6280, Fax: 047 401 6336 E-mail: [email protected] Department of Mechanical Engineering Contact person: Ms T Mchizana: Academic Secretary Tel: 047 401 6228, Fax: 047 401 6228 E-mail: [email protected]

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 Introduction & Welcome by the Director of School 12 2 School campuses, sites and the new School concept 12 3 Merger of legacy institutions 13 4 Two Tier Governance Structure 13 5 Academic focus of the School 13 6 School Vision & Mission 13 6.1 Vision of the School 13 6.2 Mission of the School 13 7 School staff 13 7.1 School of Engineering Directorate 13 7.1.1 Academic staff 13 7.1.2 Administrative staff 13 7.2 Department of Construction Management and Quantity Surveying 14 7.2.1 Academic Staff 14 7.2.2 Administrative & academic support staff 14 7.3 Department of Civil Engineering 14 7.3.1 Academic Staff 14 7.3.2 Administrative & academic support staff 15 7.4 Department of Electrical Engineering 16 7.4.1 Academic Staff 16 7.4.2 Administrative & academic support staff 16 7.5 Department of Mechanical Engineering 17 7.5.1 Academic Staff 17 7.5.2 Administrative & academic support staff 18 7.5.3 Institute for Advanced Tooling 18 8 School Rules 19 8.1 General 19 8.2 Offering of programmes and/or courses not guaranteed 19 8.3 Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) 19 8.4 Class attendance 19 8.5 Semester tests, practicals/lab work, site visits and assignments 19 8.6 Course Evaluation 19 8.7 Code of Conduct 19 9 Department of Construction Management & Quantity Surveying 20 9.1 Information about the Department 20 9.2 Accreditation Status of the programme 20 9.2.1 Chiselhurst Delivery Site 20 9.2.2 Ibika Delivery Site 20 9.3 Mission of the Department 21 9.4 Goals of the Department 21 9.5 Student Societies in the Department 21 9.6 Programmes in the Department 21 9.6.1 National Diploma: Building 21 9.6.1.1 Entrepreneurship & Professional Development of Students 21 9.6.1.2 Career Opportunities 21 9.6.1.3 Purpose of Qualification 21 9.6.1.4 Exit Level Outcomes of the Programme 22 9.6.1.5 Critical Cross-Field Outcomes 23 9.6.1.6 Programme Characteristics 23 9.6.1.6.1 Basis of Programme Academic Structure 23 9.6.1.6.2 Career Orientated Academic Study 23

3

2014

PROSPECTUS

9.6.1.6.3 Site Visits & Practical Work 23 9.6.1.6.4 Teaching & Learning Methodology 23 9.6.1.7 Programme Information 24 9.6.1.7.1 Minimum Admission Requirements 24 9.6.1.7.2 Selection criteria for new students 26 9.6.1.7.3 Programme Rules 26 9.6.1.7.4 Admission Rules & Applications for Recognition of Credits 26 9.6.1.7.5 Progression Rules 27 9.6.1.7.5.1 Re-Admission of Existing Students 27 9.6.1.7.6 Rules 27 9.6.1.7.6.1 Completion Rules 27 9.6.1.7.6.2 Exclusion Rules 27 9.6.1.7.6.3 Programme Registration Rules 28 9.6.1.7.6.4 Programme Progression Rules 28 9.6.1.7.7 Programme Delivery Sites 28 9.6.1.8 Curriculum Structure 28 9.6.1.8.1 Work Integrated Learning 29 9.6.1.8.2 Pre-Requisite Courses 29 9.6.1.8.3 Available electives 30 9.6.1.8.4 Award of Qualification 30 9.6.1.8.5 P rogramme Tuition Fees 30 9.6.1.8.6 Articulation 30 9.6.1.8.7 Core Syllabi of Courses Offered 31 9.6.2 National Diploma: Building [Extended Programme] 36 9.6.2.1 Entrepreneurship & Professional Development of Students 36 9.6.2.2 Career Opportunities 36 9.6.2.3 Purpose of Qualification 36 9.6.2.4 Exit Level Outcomes of the Programme 37 9.6.2.5 Critical Cross-Field Outcomes 37 9.6.2.6 Programme Characteristics 37 9.6.2.6.1 Basis of Programme Academic Structure 37 9.6.2.6.2 Career Orientated Academic Study 37 9.6.2.6.3 Teaching & Learning Methodology 37 9.6.2.7 Programme Information 38 9.6.2.7.1 Minimum Admission Requirements 38 9.6.2.7.2 Selection criteria for new students 38 9.6.2.8 Programme Rules 38 9.6.2.9 Admission Rules & Applications for Recognition of Credits 38 9.6.2.10 Progression Rules 38 9.6.2.10.1 Re-Admission of Existing Students 38 9.6.2.11 Exit Rules 39 9.6.2.11.1 Completion Rules 39 9.6.2.11.2 Exclusion Rules 39 9.6.2.12 P rogrammes offering 39 9.6.2.12.1 Curriculum Structure 39 9.6.2.12.2 Work Integrated Learning 40 9.6.2.12.3 Pre-Requisite Courses 40 9.6.2.12.4 Available electives 40 9.6.2.12.5 Award of Qualification 40 9.6.2.12.6 Programme Tuition Fees 40 9.6.2.12.7 Articulation 40 9.6.2.13 Core Syllabi of Courses Offered 40 10 Department of Civil Engineering 46 10.1 Information about the Department 46 10.2 Accreditation Status of programme 46


4

10.2.1 College Street Delivery Site 46 10.2.2 Ibika Delivery Site 46 10.3 Mission of the Department 46 10.4 Goals of the Department 46 10.5 Student Societies in Department 47 10.5.1 Aims and objectives of the student Societies in Department 47 10.6 Programmes in the Department 47 10.6.1 National Diploma: Engineering: Civil 47 10.6.1.1 Entrepreneurship & Professional Development of Students 47 10.6.1.2 Career Opportunities 48 10.6.1.2.1 What can a diplomate do in this career? 48 10.6.1.2.2 Who will employ a diplomate? 48 10.6.1.3 Purpose of the Qualification 48 10.6.1.4 Exit Level Outcomes of the Programme 49 10.6.1.5 Critical Cross-Field Outcomes 49 10.6.1.6 Programme Characteristics 50 10.6.1.6.1 Basis of Programme Academic Structure 50 10.6.1.6.2 Career Orientated Academic Study 50 10.6.1.6.3 Site Visits & Practical Work 50 10.6.1.6.4 Teaching & Learning Methodology 50 10.6.1.7 Programme Information 50 10.6.1.7.1 Minimum Admission Requirements 50 10.6.1.7.2 Selection criteria for new students 52 10.6.1.7.3 Programme Rules 52 10.6.1.7.4 Admission Rules & Applications for Recognition of Credits 52 10.6.1.7.5 Progression Rules 53 10.6.1.7.5.1 Re-Admission of Existing Students 53 10.6.1.7.6 Exit Rules 53 10.6.1.7.6.1 Completion Rules 53 10.6.1.7.6.2 Exclusion Rules 53 10.6.1.7.7 Programmes offering 54 10.6.1.7.8 Programme Component Delivery Sites 54 10.6.1.7.9 Curriculum Structure 55 10.6.1.7.10 Work Integrated Learning 56 10.6.1.7.11 Pre-Requisite Courses 56 10.6.1.7.12 Available electives 56 10.6.1.7.13 Award of Qualification 57 10.6.1.7.14 Programme Tuition Fees 57 10.6.1.7.15 Articulation 57 10.6.1.8 Core Syllabi of Courses Offered 57 10.6.2 National Diploma: Engineering: Civil [Extended Programme] 65 10.6.2.1 Entrepreneurship & Professional Development of Students 65 10.6.2.2 Career Opportunities 65 10.6.2.3 Purpose of Qualification 65 10.6.2.4 Exit Level Outcomes of the Extended Programme 66 10.6.2.5 Programme Characteristics 67 10.6.2.5.1 Programme Academic Structure 67 10.6.2.5.2 Academic Programme Structure 67 10.6.2.5.3 Career Orientated Academic Study 67 10.6.2.5.4 Teaching & Learning Methodology 67 10.6.2.6 Programme Information 67 10.6.2.6.1 Minimum Admission Requirements 67 10.6.2.6.2 Selection criteria for new students 67 10.6.2.6.3 Programme Rules 68 10.6.2.6.4 Admission Rules & Applications for Recognition of Credits 68

5

2014

PROSPECTUS

10.6.2.6.5 Progression Rules 68 10.6.2.6.5.1 Re-Admission of Existing Students 68 10.6.2.6.6 Promotion Rule from Extended Programme at end of Year 1 68 10.6.2.6.7 Exit Rules 68 10.6.2.6.7.1 Completion Rules 68 10.6.2.6.7.2 Exclusion Rules 68 10.6.2.6.8 Programmes offering 69 10.6.2.6.9 Curriculum Structure 69 10.6.2.6.10 Work Integrated Learning 70 10.6.2.6.11 Pre-Requisite Courses 70 10.6.2.6.12 Available electives 70 10.6.2.6.13 Award of Qualification 70 10.6.2.6.14 Programme Tuition Fees 71 10.6.2.6.15 Articulation 71 10.6.2.7 Core Syllabi of Courses Offered 71 10.6.3 B Tech: Engineering: Civil 80 10.6.3.1 Entrepreneurship & Professional Development of Students 80 10.6.3.2 Career Opportunities 80 10.6.3.3 Purpose of Qualification 80 10.6.3.4 Exit Level Outcomes of the Programme 81 10.6.3.5 Critical Cross-Field Outcomes 81 10.6.3.6 Programme Characteristics 81 10.6.3.6.1 Basis of Programme Academic Structure 81 10.6.3.7 Programme Information 82 10.6.3.7.1 Minimum Admission Requirements 82 10.6.3.7.2 Selection criteria for new students 82 10.6.3.7.3 Programme Rules 82 10.6.3.7.4 Admission Rules & Applications for Recognition of Credits 82 10.6.3.7.5 Progression Rules 83 10.6.3.7.6 Re-Admission of Existing Students 83 10.6.3.7.7 Exit Rules 83 10.6.3.7.7.1 Completion Rules 83 10.6.3.7.8 Exclusion Rules 83 10.6.3.8 Programmes offering 84 10.6.3.8.1 Courses 84 10.6.3.8.2 Curriculum 85 10.6.3.8.3 Work Integrated Learning 85 10.6.3.8.4 Pre-Requisite Courses 85 10.6.3.8.5 Available electives 85 10.6.3.8.6 Award of Qualification 85 10.6.3.8.7 Programme Tuition Fees 86 10.6.3.8.8 Articulation 86 10.6.3.9 Core Syllabi of Courses Offered 86 11 Department of Electrical, Electronics & Computer Engineering 90 11.1 Information about Department 90 11.2 Accreditation Status of Delivery Sites where programme is offered 91 11.2.1 College Street Delivery Site 91 11.2.2 Ibika Delivery Site 91 11.3 Mission of the Department 91 11.4 Goals of the Department 91 11.5 Student Societies in Department 91 11.6 Programmes in the Department 92 11.6.1 National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical 92 11.6.1.1 Entrepreneurship & Professional Development of Students 92 11.6.1.2 Career Opportunities 92


6

11.6.1.2.1 Who will employ a diplomate? 92 11.6.1.3 Purpose of Qualification 93 11.6.1.4 Exit Level Outcomes of the Programme 93 11.6.1.5 Critical Cross-Field Outcomes: 94 11.6.1.6 Programme Characteristics 94 11.6.1.6.1 Basis For Programme Academic Structure 94 11.6.1.6.2 Career Orientated Academic Study 94 11.6.1.6.3 Site Visits & Practical Work 94 11.6.1.6.4 Teaching & Learning Methodology 94 11.6.1.7 Programme Information 95 11.6.1.7.1 Minimum Admission Requirements 95 11.6.1.7.2 Selection criteria for new students 96 11.6.1.7.3 Programme Rules 97 11.6.1.7.4 Admission Rules & Applications for Recognition of Credits 97 11.6.1.7.5 Progression Rules 97 11.6.1.7.5.1 Re-Admission of Existing Students 97 11.6.1.7.5.2 Registration requirements that must be 98 11.6.1.7.6 Exit Rules 98 11.6.1.7.6.1 Completion Rules 98 11.6.1.7.6.2 Exclusion Rules 98 11.6.1.7.7 Programmes offering 99 11.6.1.7.8 Curriculum Structure 99 11.6.1.7.9 Work Integrated Learning 102 11.6.1.7.10 Available electives 102 11.6.1.7.11 Award of Qualification 102 11.6.1.7.12 Programme Tuition Fees 102 11.6.1.7.13 Articulation 103 11.6.1.8 Core Syllabi of Courses Offered 103 11.6.2 National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical [Extended Programme] 113 11.6.2.1 Entrepreneurship & Professional Development of Students 113 11.6.2.2 Career Opportunities 113 11.6.2.3 Purpose of Qualification 113 11.6.2.4 Exit Level Outcomes of the Extended Programme 114 11.6.2.5 Programme Characteristics 114 11.6.2.5.1 Programme Academic Structure 114 11.6.2.5.2 Academic Programme Structure 114 11.6.2.5.3 Career Orientated Academic Study 114 11.6.2.5.4 Teaching & Learning Methodology 114 11.6.2.6 Programme Information 115 11.6.2.6.1 Minimum Admission Requirements 115 11.6.2.6.2 Selection criteria for new students 115 11.6.2.6.3 Programme Rules 115 11.6.2.6.4 Admission Rules & Applications for Recognition of Credits 115 11.6.2.6.5 Progression Rules 115 11.6.2.6.5.1 Re-Admission of Existing Students 115 11.6.2.6.6 Promotion Rule from Extended Programme at end of Year 1 116 11.6.2.6.7 Exit Rules 116 11.6.2.6.7.1 Completion Rules 116 11.6.2.6.7.2 Exclusion Rules 116 11.6.2.6.8 Programmes offering 117 11.6.2.6.9 Curriculum Structure 117 11.6.2.6.10 Work Integrated Learning 118 11.6.2.6.11 Pre-Requisite Courses 118 11.6.2.6.12 Available electives 118

7

2014

PROSPECTUS

11.6.2.6.13 Award of Qualification 118 11.6.2.6.14 Programme Tuition Fees 118 11.6.2.6.15 Articulation 118 11.6.2.7 Core Syllabi of Courses Offered 118 11.6.3 B Tech: Engineering: Electrical 124 11.6.3.1 Entrepreneurship & Professional Development of Students 124 11.6.3.2 Career Opportunities 124 11.6.3.3 Purpose of Qualification 124 11.6.3.4 Exit Level Outcomes of the Programme 124 11.6.3.5 Critical Cross-Field Outcomes 125 11.6.3.6 Programme Characteristics 125 11.6.3.7 Programme Information 125 11.6.3.7.1 Minimum Admission Requirements 125 11.6.3.7.2 Selection criteria for new students 126 11.6.3.7.3 Programme Rules 126 11.6.3.7.4 Admission Rules & Applications for Recognition of Credits 126 11.6.3.7.5 Progression Rules 127 11.6.3.7.5.1 Re-Admission of Existing Students 127 11.6.3.7.6 Exit Rules 127 11.6.3.7.6.1 Completion Rules 127 11.6.3.7.6.2 Exclusion Rules 127 11.6.3.7.7 Programme offering 127 11.6.3.7.8 Curriculum 127 11.6.3.7.9 Work Integrated Learning 128 11.6.3.7.10 Pre-Requisite Courses 128 11.6.3.7.11 Available electives 129 11.6.3.7.12 Award of Qualification 129 11.6.3.7.13 Programme Tuition Fees 129 11.6.3.7.14 Articulation 129 11.6.3.8 Core Syllabi of Courses Offered 130 12 Department of Mechanical Engineering 134 12.1 Information about the Department 134 12.2 Accreditation Status of Delivery Sites where programme is offered 134 12.2.1 Chiselhurst Delivery Site 134 12.2.2 Ibika Delivery Site 134 12.3 Mission of the Department 135 12.4 Goals of the Department 135 12.5 Student Societies in the Department 135 12.6 Programmes in the Department 135 12.6.1 National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical 135 12.6.1.1 Entrepreneurship & Professional Development of Students 135 12.6.1.2 Career Opportunities 136 12.6.1.3 Purpose of the Qualification 136 12.6.1.4 Exit Level Outcomes of the Programme 136 12.6.1.5 Programme Characteristics 137 12.6.1.5.1 Programme Academic Structure 137 12.6.1.5.2 Career Orientated Academic Study 137 12.6.1.5.3 Site Visits & Practical Work 138 12.6.1.6 Teaching & Learning Methodology 138 12.6.1.7 Programme Information 138 12.6.1.7.1 Minimum Admission Requirements 138 12.6.1.7.2 Selection criteria for new students 140 12.6.1.7.3 Programme Rules 140 12.6.1.7.4 Admission Rules & Applications for Recognition of Credits 140 12.6.1.7.5 Progression Rules 141


8

12.6.1.7.5.1 Re-Admission of Existing Students 141 12.6.1.7.6 Exit Rules 141 12.6.1.7.6.1 Completion Rules 141 12.6.1.7.6.2 Exclusion Rules 142 12.6.1.7.7 Programmes offering 142 12.6.1.7.8 Curriculum Structure 143 12.6.1.7.9 Work Integrated Learning 144 12.6.1.7.10 Pre-Requisite Courses 144 12.6.1.7.11 Available electives 145 12.6.1.7.12 Award of Qualification 146 12.6.1.7.13 Programme Tuition Fees 146 12.6.1.7.14 Articulation 146 12.6.1.8 Core Syllabi of Courses Offered 146 12.6.2 National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical [Extended Programme] 154 12.6.2.1 Entrepreneurship & Professional Development of Students 154 12.6.2.2 Career Opportunities 154 12.6.2.3 Purpose of Qualification 155 12.6.2.4 Exit Level Outcomes of the Extended Programme 155 12.6.2.5 Programme Characteristics 156 12.6.2.5.1 Programme Academic Structure 156 12.6.2.5.2 Academic Programme Structure 156 12.6.2.5.3 Career Orientated Academic Study 156 12.6.2.5.4 Teaching & Learning Methodology 156 12.6.2.6 Programme Information 156 12.6.2.6.1 Minimum Admission Requirements 156 12.6.2.6.2 Selection criteria for new students 156 12.6.2.6.3 Programme Rules 157 12.6.2.6.4 Admission Rules & Applications for Recognition of Credits 157 12.6.2.6.5 Progression Rules 157 12.6.2.6.5.1 Re-Admission of Existing Students 157 12.6.2.6.6 Promotion Rule from Extended Programme at end of Year 1 157 12.6.2.6.7 Exit Rules 157 12.6.2.6.7.1 Completion Rules 157 12.6.2.6.7.2 Exclusion Rules 157 12.6.2.6.8 Extended Programmes offering Sites 158 12.6.2.6.9 Curriculum Structure 158 12.6.2.6.10 Work Integrated Learning 159 12.6.2.6.11 Pre-Requisite Courses 159 12.6.2.6.12 Available electives 160 12.6.2.6.13 Award of Qualification 160 12.6.2.6.14 Programme Tuition Fees 160 12.6.2.6.15 Articulation 160 12.6.2.7 Core Syllabi of Courses Offered 160 12.6.3 B Tech: Engineering: Mechanical 165 12.6.3.1 Entrepreneurship & Professional Development of Students 165 12.6.3.2 Career Opportunities 165 12.6.3.3 Purpose of Qualification 165 12.6.3.4 Exit Level Outcomes of the Programme 165 12.6.3.5 Critical Cross-Field Outcomes 166 12.6.3.6 Programme Characteristics 166 12.6.3.6.1 Basis of Programme Academic Structure 166 12.6.3.7 Programme Information 166

9

2014

PROSPECTUS

12.6.3.7.1 Minimum Admission Requirements 166 12.6.3.7.2 Selection criteria for new students 167 12.6.3.7.3 Programme Rules 167 12.6.3.7.4 Admission Rules & Applications for Recognition of Credits 167 12.6.3.7.5 Progression Rules 167 12.6.3.7.5.1 Re-Admission of Existing Students 167 12.6.3.7.6 Exit Rules 168 12.6.3.7.7 Completion Rules 168 12.6.3.7.8 Exclusion Rules 168 12.6.3.8 Programmes offering 168 12.6.3.8.1 Curriculum Structure 168 12.6.3.8.2 Work Integrated Learning 169 12.6.3.8.3 Pre-Requisite Courses 169 12.6.3.8.4 Available electives 169 12.6.3.8.5 Award of Qualification 169 12.6.3.8.6 Programme Tuition Fees 169 12.6.3.8.7 Articulation 169 12.6.3.9 Core Syllabi of Courses Offered 170 13 Institute For Advanced Tooling (Eastern Cape) 173


10

Disclaimer: Although the information contained in this Prospectus has been compiled as accurately as possible, WSU accepts no responsibility for any errors or omissions. WSU reserves the right to make any necessary alterations to this Prospectus, as and when the need arises. The Prospectus is only applicable to the 2014 academic year.

11

2014

PROSPECTUS

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING 1.

INTRODUCTION & WELCOME BY THE DIRECTOR OF SCHOOL

This School Prospectus aims to provide students within the school with an understanding of the structure of the school and the programmes offered by the school. It is our hope that it will guide the student in making informed decisions on course and programme selection. We trust that it will assist students with the successful completion of their academic studies and that it will lead to our ultimate goals for all of our students to be entrepreneurs and to graduate with a qualification of value that meets the career needs of our community and satisfies the requirements of industry and commerce. While academic work should be the cornerstone of your focus at university there is however more to student life than only academic work. Students are therefore encouraged to combine their academic work with other facets of student life through participation in the various student societies. We trust that you will find your studies within the School of Engineering stimulating and rewarding in a journey of lifelong learning.

2.

SCHOOL CAMPUSES, SITES AND THE NEW SCHOOL CONCEPT

The School of Engineering includes the Departments of Construction Management and Quantity Surveying, Civil Engineering, Electrical and Electronic Engineering and Mechanical Engineering. It offers undergraduate programmes at the National Diploma and BTech levels. The School of Engineering offers Extended National Diploma programmes. The programmes offered by the School of Engineering are listed below. Department Construction Management and Quantity Surveying

Programmes offered ND: Building Extended Programme ND: Building Civil Engineering ND: Eng: Civil, Extended Programme ND: Eng: Civil B Tech: Eng: Civil Electrical, Electronic ND: Eng: Electrical, Extended and Computer Programme Engineering ND: Eng: Electrical Dept of Mechanical Engineering

Duration 4yrs

Delivery Sites Ibika, Chiselhurst

3yrs 4yrs

Ibika, Chiselhurst Ibika, College

3yrs 2yrs (Part Time) 4yrs

Ibika, College College Ibika, College

3yrs

College

B Tech: Eng: Electrical

2yrs (Part Time)

College

ND: Eng: Mechanical, Extended Programme ND: Eng: Mechanical B Tech: Eng: Mechanical

4yrs

Ibika, Chiselhurst

3yrs 1yr (Full Time) 2yrs (Part Time)

Ibika, Chiselhurst Chiselhurst


12

Chiselhurst

3.

MERGER OF LEGACY INSTITUTIONS

Walter Sisulu University was formed on the 1st of July 2005 through the merger of Border Technikon, Eastern Cape Technikon and the University of the Transkei. The School of Engineering was born from the merger of several departments from the former Border Technikon and Eastern Cape Technikons.

4.

TWO TIER GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE

Departments on all sites in the School of Engineering are managed by a Head of Department (HOD), who is assisted on the other delivery sites by Site HoD’s and Programme Coordinators (PCO’s). HOD’s report to the Director of the School of Engineering who, as academic head, manages the academic programmes within the respective departments.

5.

ACADEMIC FOCUS OF THE SCHOOL

The academic focus of the School is to offer professional programmes that will train technicians and technologists in order for them to meet the criteria for professional registration. The programmes offered are specifically aimed at preparing students for the workplace by offering training that will enable graduates to demonstrate competence, knowledge and judgment in the workplace after graduation.

6.

SCHOOL VISION & MISSION

6.1

Vision of the School

The School of Engineering strives to be a leading centre offering innovative programmes responsive to national developmental priorities that address societal needs. 6.2

Mission of the School

The mission of the School is to prepare high quality technological and vocational graduates to meet the career needs of our community and satisfy the requirements of industry and commerce, conduct basic and applied research to contribute to the body of scientific knowledge, to respond to the needs of society, to develop and promote entrepreneurial skills that will enable our graduates to create business enterprises.

7.

SCHOOL STAFF

7.1

School of Engineering Directorate

7.1.1

Academic staff

Acting Director 7.1.2

Mr BA Madumane

MTech (Constr. Mgt) Swinburne Univ of Tech-Aus), NHDip Build Surv (PET)

Administrative staff

School Officer

Vacant

School Secretary

Ms N Giba

ND OMT (WSU)

13

2014

PROSPECTUS

7.2

Department of Construction Management and Quantity Surveying

7.2.1

Academic Staff

HOD/ Lecturer

Mr I Moss

Site HOD/ Lecturer

Mr GD Bibbi

Senior Lecturer

Dr MF Manthe

Senior Lecturer

Mr CC Goldswain

Senior Lecturer

Mr L Ncunyana

Senior Lecturer

Vacant

Lecturer Lecturer

Mr CJ Elliot Mr SO Gaisey

Lecturer Lecturer (Contract) Lecturer (Contract)

Mr MC Maqoma Mr AM Jokazi Mr S Sandile

Lecturer(Contract)

Mrs V Ngalwa

Lecturer(Contract) Lecturer(Contract)

Mr K Ngcobozi Mr K Ntakana

7.2.2

MSc Build Env (NMMU), PrQS, PrCPM, MRICS, PMAQS MSc (Land and Property Dev), B Tech (QS), ND Build (ECT) PhD Constr Management, MSc Construction (UPE), BSc (Build Man)(UPE) M- Arch (University of Melbourne), NHD Arch(Cape Tech), ND Arch (PE Tech), SAIAT, SACAP MProject Mgt (RMIT Univ), PGDP Public Administration (UFH), BTech Education (TSA), NHDip Building Surveying (PET), MAQS NHD (BSurv)(PE Tech), ND (BSurv), MAQS PrQS, MSc Proj Management (Univ of Pretoria), BSc Hons (Build Tech)(Univ of Science and Technology, Kumasi, Ghana), MAQS, MRICS ND(Build)(ECT), BTech(QS)(PE Tech) NHD (BSurv), ND (BSurv) (PE Tech) B Tech (Constr Mgt) (NMMU), B Tech QS (NMMU), ND(Build)(BT) BTech (Constr.Mgt) (Pretoria Tech), ND (Build) (ECT) BTech QS (TUT) ND (Build) (PET) BTech QS (NMMU), ND (Build) (WSU)

Administrative & academic support staff

Academic Secretary Academic Secretary Lab Technician (Contract) Lab Technician (Contract) Artisan Assistant Artisan

Ms NF Nemutandani Ms KB Fiyani Ms V Luthuli

BTech B Admin(WSU), ND OMTech (WSU), NHD (Sec Educ) (ECT), ND (OA) (ECT) ND (Build) (WSU)

Ms SV Gomba

ND (Build) (WSU)

Mr M Marillier Mr M Pearce

Trade Cert Carp.(College of Ed SA)

7.3

Department of Civil Engineering

7.3.1

Academic Staff

HOD/ Lecturer

Mr I Burke


Pr TechEng (ECSA), HNTD (Civil Eng), (Harare), MSAT, MCET 14

Senior Lecturer Senior Lecturer

Vacant Mr BG Manthe

Senior Lecturer

Mr BE Valentyn

Lecturer

Mr MH Singata

Lecturer Lecturer

Mr R Kieck Mr TB Manthe

Lecturer Lecturer Lecturer

Mr J van Heerden Mr H Pfende Ms NP Kapa-Mfabane

Lecturer Lecturer (Contract)

Vacant Mr C Clack

Lecturer (Contract)

Ms F Nleya

Lecturer (Contract)

Mr CW Matota

Lecturer (Contract)

Mr O Simelane

Lecturer (Contract)

Ms M Thankachan

Lecturer (Contract)

Mr P Mbira

Lecturer Lecturer Lecturer (Contract) Lecturer (Contract)

Mr JB Nartey Vacant Vacant Vacant

MPhil (Transportation) (UCT), BTech (Civil Eng) (ECT), ND (Civil Eng) (PET) MEng (Hydrology and Water Res), NHD (Civil Eng) (PT), ND (Civil Eng) (PT), FWISA Reg Eng Tech, NHD (Civil Eng) (NT), ND (Civil Eng) (NT) NHDip (Civil Eng) (PET) B Tech (Civil Eng) (ECT), ND (Civil Eng) (PET) Pr Tech Eng (ECSA), NTD Eng (Civil) BSc (Civil Eng) (Hons) (Univ of Zimbabwe) BTech (Civil Eng) (WSU), ND (Civil Eng) (ECT), Certif (Proj Mngt) (Damelin) Pr Tech Eng (ECSA), BSc Applied Science (Hons)(UP), BTech Structural (TWR), HND(Civil) (TWR) MSc (UWC), ND (Civil Eng) (Bulawayo Polytechinic), BTech (Transport Eng) NMMU, ND: Eng (Civil) ECT MSc (Civil Eng) (UKZN), BSc (Civil Eng) (UN), (BSc Agric)(Univ of Swaziland) MSc (Structural Engineering), BSc (Civil) Calicut Univ. India, BEd, Annamalai Univ. India BTech Hons (Civil Eng) Univ of Zimbabwe, Post Grad Dip (Constr Management) Lund Univ Sweden BSc (Civil Eng) (KNUST, Ghana)

7.3.2 Administrative & academic support staff Academic Secretary Ms L Mphahlele ND OMT (BT), B Tech OMT (BT) Academic Secretary Ms KB Fiyani NHD (Sec Educ) (ECT), ND (OA) (ECT) Senior Lab Tech Mr MB Kwababa ND (Civil Eng) (WSU) Lab Technician Mr P Cwala BTech Civil Eng (WSU), ND Civil Eng (ECT), Dip (Fund Proj Mngt) (Damelin) Lab Technician Ms L Rozani Pr Techni Eng (ECSA) Lab Technician Vacant Lab Technician (Contract) Lab Assistant

Ms P Hlaba

ND (Civil Eng) (WSU) 15

2014

PROSPECTUS

7.4

Department of Electrical Engineering

7.4.1

Academic Staff

HOD/Lecturer

Mr PE Xakwe

Site HoD/Senior Lecturer

Dr PN Sopazi

Senior Lecturer

Senior Lecturer

Dr PJ van Rensburg

Senior Lecturer

Mr JM Podges


Mr JA Clark Mr LC Gcadinja Mr HJ Stander

Lecturer

Mr OVT Ndondo


Mr VA Ntsinde Mr NA Pakati Mr S Adjei-Frimpong

Lecturer Lecturer Lecturer (contract)

Mr M Sibanda Mr Z Radebe Mr S Kuyumani

Lecturer Lecturer Lecturer Lecturer

Ms M Nael Mr Z Swana Mr BG Mutongerwa Mr L Mbangeni

(contract) (contract) (contract) (contract)

Lecturer (contract)

Mr P Nketoane

Lecturer (contract)

Mr M Magwa

7.4.2

BTech (Elec) (CPUT), ND(Elec)(ECT), Candidate Engineering Technologist (ECSA) DPhil Eng Mgt (UJ), Pr Tech Eng (ECSA) MTech (Entrepreneurship) (DIT), BTech(Elec. Eng) (Pen Tech) MSAIIE(SAIIE), MIPET Pr Tech Eng (ECSA), DTech (Elec)(CPUT), MTech (Elec) (Natal Tech), MSAIEE (SAIEE), BTech (Elec) (Pen Tech) D. Eng, (UJ), MEng Elec (RAU), BSc Physics (Hons), BEng Electrical and Electronics (RAU) MTech (Elec)(PE Tech) NHD (Elec)(Tech PTA) BEng Electronics (Hons) (UP), MCSSA (CSSA) BTech (Elec) (CPUT), ND(Elec)(ECT) Pr Tech Eng (ECSA), MDip Tech Elec Eng (VTT) MSc(Eng) (Curtin University of Technology) NHD(Elec)( PET) NHD(Elec),ND(Elec)( (Pen Tech) BTech (Elec)(NMMU), NDip Elec Eng(PET) MEng (Wits), BSc Eng (University of Science and Technology) BEng Electronics (Hons) (NUST) BTech (Elec) (DUT), ND(Elec)(DIT) MSc (Sheffield Hallam University, UK), Dip (EC UK) National Tech Cert (Harare Polytech) Cert (LCCI), IEng, MIET, MZIE BSc Eng (Shahid Chamran University, Iran) NHD (Elec)(Cape Technikon) BSc Eng Hons (Univ of Zimbabwe) MSc Electronics (French South African Technical Institute), MTech (Elec)( CPUT), BTech (Elec)(CPUT) MSc Electronics (French South African Technical Institute), MTech (Elec)( CPUT), BTech (Elec)(CPUT) BSc Eng Hons (Univ of Camaguey, Cuba)


Academic Secretary

Ms N Noruka


BTech (OMT) (WSU), ND (OMT) (BT) 16

Academic Secretary Senior Lab Tech Lab Technician Lab Technician Lab Technician Jnr Lab Technician (contract) Jnr Lab Technician (contract) Lab Technician

Ms O Mfeya Mr R Mahlangu Mr A Kambule Mr S Mtshaulana Mr M Mgoqi Ms N Solombela

BTech (HRM) (WSU), ND (HRM) (ECT) ND (Elec Eng) (Tech PTA) ND (Elec Eng) (ML Sultan) ND (Elec Eng) (ECT) ND (Elec Eng) (ECT) ND (Elec Eng) (ECT)

Mr S Moyikwa

ND (Elec Eng) (ECT)

Vacant

7.5

Department of Mechanical Engineering

7.5.1

Academic Staff

HOD/ Lecturer

Mr DS Mawisa

Site HOD/ Lecturer (contract) Senior Lecturer

Mr JT Nyangato

Senior Lecturer

Dr C Louw

Senior Lecturer

Mr ZA Mkoko

Senior Lecturer

Dr C van Zyl

Lecturer Lecturer

Mr B Parastaran Mr KV Mjali

Lecturer Lecturer

Mr NM Mbola Mr M Dlambulo

Lecturer

Ms L Ntwatwa

Lecturer Lecturer

Ms N Mzolo Vacant

B Tech (Mech Eng) (Pen Tech), ND (Mech Eng) (Pen Tech), Pr. Tech Eng (ECSA), MSAIMechE, MNSBE BTech (Mech Eng) UNISA, HND (Mech) (Harare Polytech) DEd (Technology Education) (WSU), MSc Mech Eng(La Salle University), HDE (Technical) UPE, Pr Techni Eng (ECSA), MSAIMechE DEd (Technology Education) (WSU), MSc Mech Eng (La Salle University), NHD (Mech), TOFS), Pr Techni Eng (ECSA), MSAIMechE MSc (Eng)(Coventry University), NHD (Mech)(PE Tech), MSAIMechE PhD Eng (Mech) (NMMU), MTech (NMMU), NHDip (Mech Eng) (Cape Tech), Pr Tech Eng (ECSA), MSAIMechE, BSc Eng Mech (Holy Angel Univ Philippines) M Tech (Mech Eng)(NMMU), B Tech (Mech Eng)(Cape Tech), ND (Mech Eng)(PE Tech), Candidate Engineering Technologist (ECSA), MSAIMechE, NHD (Mech Eng)(PET), MNSBE BTech (Mech Eng)(ECT), ND (Mech) (Mangosuthu Tech) MSc Eng (Project Management) Australia, NHDip Mech Eng (Pentech),MNSBE BTech (Mech) (WSU), ND (ECT), MNSBE

Dr D Bessinger

17

2014

PROSPECTUS

Lecturer (Contract)

Mr Z Mpeta

Lecturer (Contract)

Mr I Sunjka

BTech (Mech) (UNISA), ND (Mech) (BT), MNSBE, Candidate Eng. Tech (ECSA) MTech, BSc Eng (Mech), Pr Eng (ECSA), FSAIMechE BTech (Mech) (WSU), ND (Mech) (ECT)

Lecturer (Contract) Mr M Mdlalo Lecturer Vacant Jnr Lecturer (Contract) Mr F Kabale

BTech (Mech) (WSU), ND (Mech) (ECT)

Jnr Lecturer (Contract) Mr T George

BTech (Mech) (WSU), ND (Mech) (ECT)

Jnr Lecturer (Contract) Mr S Mqhayi

BTech (Mech) (WSU), ND (Mech) (WSU)

Jnr Lecturer (Contract) Mr M Maqoqa

BTech (Mech) (CPUT), ND (Mech) (ECT)

7.5.2


Academic Secretary Ms T Mchizana Academic Secretary Ms I Els Seniour Lab Technician Mr M Tyokolo

Lab Technician Lab Technician

Mr L Mntwapi Mr L Xakwe

Lab Technician

Mr D Mpumlwana

Lab Technician Lab Assistant Lab Assistant Artisan

Vacant Vacant Mr M Ncancayo Mr ML Ntlanjeni

7.5.3

ND OMT(ECT) PSA B Tech (Mech) (Pen Tech), ND (Mech Eng) (Pen Tech) Trade Certificate (Tool Jig and Die making), MNSBE ND Mech Eng (BT) B Tech (Mech) (CPUT), ND (Mech Eng) (ECT) B Tech (Mech) (WSU), ND (Mech Eng) (ECT)

ND Mech Eng (WSU) Trade Certificate (Tool and Die making)

Institute for Advanced Tooling

Unit Manager Design Technician Tooling Technologist

Mr K Newey* Mr J Venter Mr M Mapoloba

BTech Mech Eng (PET) ND Mech Eng (BT) ND Mech Eng (ECT), Post Dip Tooling Design and Manufacturing(Indo German Tool Room, India) ND Cost and Management Accounting (BT) ND Mech Eng (WSU)

Project Accountant Ms Y Vandala* Junior Tooling Mr M Dyakop Technician Junior Tooling Mr S Mnetyana Technician * Indicates seconded staff


ND Mech Eng (WSU)

18

8.

SCHOOL RULES

8.1 General Students should note that on registration to study at Walter Sisulu University, they automatically become members of the University and agree to abide by the rules and regulations of Walter Sisulu University as amended from time to time and for which further details are available in the official prospectus. 8.2

Offering of programmes and/or courses not guaranteed

Students should note that the offering of programmes and/or courses as is described in this Prospectus are not guaranteed but may be subject to change. The offering of programmes and/ or courses is dependent on viable student enrolment numbers being met (as determined by HOD) and physical and human resources being available. 8.3

Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)

RPL may be used to demonstrate competence for admission to this programme. It essentially addresses mobility and recognition of units of learning completed at ex Technical Colleges, University and other accredited Institutions of learning as well as Experiential Learning undertaken in industry. Refer to individual programme rules for details. The departments in School of Engineering have also drawn up specific guidelines that govern the articulation and outline the RPL requirements that must be met. 8.4 • • • • 8.5 •

• • 8.6

Class attendance Attendance of all classes, including practicals, laboratory work, tutorials and site visits are compulsory. All classes, including tutorials and site visits are compulsory. Students should at all times be punctual in attending classes. The lecturer will keep a register of students’ class attendance that is used as part of the assessment of student performance. Semester tests, practicals/lab work, site visits and assignments Students who are absent from semester tests, practicals/lab work site visits, or who fail to submit assignments or projects before or on the due date, will receive a zero mark for that assessment unit, unless the lecturer is provided with a written certificate (within 7 days after the test) from a medical doctor/dentist to confirm that he/she was ill. No more than one semester major assessment (e.g. test) may be missed. Any other of the university’s rules/regulations in this regard will also be applicable. Course Evaluation

Students will be required to complete Evaluation forms on Course Offering and Instructor at the end of the course. 8.7 • •

Code of Conduct The main focus is for students to study and learn’ the lecturer and students will take joint responsibility in ensuring that classes are conducted in an environment conducive to learning; 19

2014

PROSPECTUS

• • • • • •

to promote such a learning environment the students and lecturers undertake to be respectful of each other; commit themselves to perform their work in a diligent and responsible manner; understand that students are encouraged to ask questions; undertake to be punctual in attendance of all classes; undertake to keep venues clean and tidy and agree not to eat or litter inside the classroom and undertake to take care for the documentation and equipment issued and for the equipment that are used in practicals or in the classroom.

9.

DEPARTMENT OF CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT & QUANTITY SURVEYING

9.1

Information about the Department

The Department of Construction Management and Quantity Surveying strives towards improving its leadership role in the higher education sector, with specific reference to the construction management and quantity surveying sectors of the industry. It promotes excellence in appropriate research and application of technology and offers career orientated diploma programmes, consonant with the requirements of the South African Council for Quantity Surveying Profession (SACQSP), the South African Qualifications Authority (SAQA), the Council for Higher Education (CHE) and the Higher Education Quality Committee (HEQC). Its programmes are designed to be relevant to local socio-economic needs. The following is a summary of programmes that are offered by the Department of Construction Management and Quantity Surveying. Department

Programmes offered

Construction Management ND: Building, Extended Programme and Quantity Surveying ND: Building 9.2

Accreditation Status of the programme

9.2.1

Chiselhurst Delivery Site

Duration Delivery Sites 4yrs Ibika, Chiselhurst 3yrs Ibika, Chiselhurst

The department received an accreditation visit from the South African Council for Quantity Surveying Profession (SACQSP) in July 2009 and the programme has received full accreditation, for a 5-year cycle period as of the 21 Aug 2009. The Department received an accreditation visit from the South African Council for the Project and Construction Management Professions (SACPCMP) in October 2012 and the programme has received accreditation, for a 2-year period until the end of 2014. 9.2.2

Ibika Delivery Site

The department received an accreditation visit from the South African Council for Quantity Surveying Profession (SACQSP) in July 2009 and the programme has received full accreditation, for a 5-year cycle period as of the 21 Aug 2009. The Department received an accreditation visit from the South African Council for the Project and Construction Management Professions (SACPCMP) in October 2012 and the programme has received accreditation, for a 2-year period


20

until the end of 2014. 9.3

Mission of the Department

The mission of the Department of Construction Management and Quantity Surveying is to provide its students with ethically and competence based, career orientated education as well as an entrepreneurial spirit, toward leadership and development of commerce, industry, the community and the government, through the construction industry and the built environment of South Africa and internationally. 9.4 • •

Goals of the Department Working closely with the community and with the essential support of the government, public and private sectors, it seeks to produce graduates capable of dynamic participation in the economic and environmental development of the region and beyond. Through a commitment to service excellence, staff development and the maximum use of human and physical resources, the department strives to unite students, staff and employers in the common goal of improving the quality of life for all.

9.5

Student Societies in the Department

Students are encouraged to register with the Construction Management and Quantity Surveying Student Society at WSU. This is a student initiative that is managed by the students for the educational well-being of the students. 9.6

Programmes in the Department

9.6.1

National Diploma: Building

9.6.1.1 Entrepreneurship & Professional Development of Students It is part of the mission the Department of Construction Management and Quantity Surveying to instill entrepreneurial skills to its students to support their talents. Therefore compulsory ongoing entrepreneurial exposure will be presented via successful local business people and other entrepreneurial experts. Business principles will permeate throughout the programme on an informal basis. The Department also encourages its students to become student members of the various professional and institutional bodies. After obtaining the diploma qualification, students may apply for registration with the relevant professional bodies. 9.6.1.2 Career Opportunities A broad based qualification which leads toward two main career paths in the Construction Management and Quantity Surveying professions. Once qualified, students may be employed in construction companies or quantity surveying firms respectively in order to pursue their chosen careers. Other opportunities exist with Local Authority and Government employment as well as with material and equipment manufacturers and suppliers. The vast construction and related industries in South Africa also create opportunities for entrepreneurs to start their own businesses, possibly after gaining some post-qualification experience. 9.6.1.3 Purpose of Qualification The purpose of the National Diploma: Building is to train technicians who will display 21 2014 PROSPECTUS

competence within construction and related industries through execution of technical tasks by using and applying their knowledge and independent judgment in the identification and solving of construction related problems. This qualification is intended for technician level employment in construction and related industries with the main focus on construction management and quantity surveying. Diplomates achieving this qualification should, after initial supervision, be able to apply their skills and related techniques to systematically plan and manage well defined construction issues, while using appropriate terminology, style and structure to communicate effectively with superiors and subordinates, apply management concepts to projects and operations showing awareness of ethics, professionalism, safety and consideration of the social and natural environment. 9.6.1.4 Exit Level Outcomes of the Programme The programme’s exit level outcomes are aimed at providing graduates with the following attributes, skills, and competencies: • Ability to apply sound principles and technologies to systematically diagnose and solve well-defined construction related problems. • Demonstrate the application of knowledge and the requisite skills in a construction related environment and to apply knowledge and skills ethically within applicable standards, codes of practice and legislation. • Communicate technical, supervisory and general management information effectively, both orally and in writing, using appropriate language, structure, style and graphic support. • Acquire further knowledge of self-management principles and concepts for managing projects and/or operations within the environment of the construction industry. Range: Management, Planning, Cost Effectiveness, Development, Construction, Maintenance, Operation, Safety, Quality Assurance, Environmental Concern. The graduate achieving this qualification should therefore be able to: • Use appropriate quantity surveying techniques in the measurement of well-defined elements/components and undertake preparation of required documentation and cost estimates within applicable standards, codes of practice and legalities. • Use appropriate management techniques to plan and manage construction projects, through the pre-contract, contract and post-contract phases of construction projects, within applicable standards, codes of practice and legalities. • Follow developments in the construction environment and critique the status of current knowledge. • Apply the knowledge gained to new, well-defined, situations, both concrete and abstract, in the workplace/community. • Gather evidence from primary and secondary sources using appropriate retrieval skills, and organise, synthesise and present the information professionally in a mode appropriate to the audience. • Use basic methods of enquiry in a construction environment to contribute to a project. • Demonstrate the capacity to explore and exploit educational, entrepreneurial, and career opportunities, and to develop him/her professionally, including the ability to proceed to the B-Tech level. • Make independent decisions taking into account the relevant technical, economic, social, safety and environmental factors. • Work independently, as a member of a team and as a supervisor. • Relate construction activities to environmental, safety, cultural and economic sustainability.


22

9.6.1.5 Critical Cross-Field Outcomes This qualification promotes, in particular, the following Critical Cross-Field Outcomes: In the problem solving process, the learner is expected to be both creative and critical. • Working effectively with others as a member of a group, organization and community, e.g. demonstrate effectiveness in: * individual work and the ability to function in a team situation; * communication, including receiving advice from supervisors. • Self management by organizing and managing oneself and one’s activities responsibly and effectively; • Collecting, analyzing, organizing and critically evaluating information; • Communicating effectively using visual, mathematical and / or language skills in the modes of oral and / or written persuasion when presenting design and investigations; • Using science and technology effectively and critically, showing responsibility towards the environment and health of others; • Demonstrating and understanding of the world as a set of related systems by recognizing that problem-solving contexts do not exist in isolation by taking technical, social, economic, environmental factors into account. 9.6.1.6 Programme Characteristics 9.6.1.6.1

Basis of Programme Academic Structure

The programme is offered in terms of the: • Formal Technikon Instructional Programmes in the RSA - NATED Report 151 (99/01) of Education NATED 150/151 document. • South African Qualifications Authority Registered Qualification: National Diploma: Building - SAQA 0480/09 - ID 80156 9.6.1.6.2

Career Orientated Academic Study

The programme is career orientated because academic study is combined with related projects and in-service training in industry. The courses in this programme are developed co-operatively using inputs from both academic and industrial sources on a continuous basis. 9.6.1.6.3

Site Visits & Practical Work

One of the objectives of the programme is to make the theory covered under the coursework more meaningful, and therefore improve the skills of students through on-site “hands-on” work exposure. To achieve this, practical demonstrations and site visits are arranged during the course. This exercise has proved popular and beneficial to students as it enables the students who participate to broaden their understanding of the various building, quantity surveying and construction management fields; it also provides students with a real “feel” of the built environment. 9.6.1.6.4

Teaching & Learning Methodology

Learning activities are structured in a way that focuses the students learning experiences and creates opportunity for development via feedback. Students must be prepared to work independently using their own initiative in order to develop the ability to reason methodically and think creatively. 23

2014

PROSPECTUS

9.6.1.7 Programme Information 9.6.1.7.1 Minimum Admission Requirements National Senior Certificate Minimum Required NSC Subjects Recommended Other Accumulated (Compulsory) NSC Subjects (Not Point Score Compulsory) NSC achievement rating Engineering Graphics & Minimum 29 Design statutory NSC of at least 3 (40-49%) Woodwork requirements for for English as a Home Language or First Additional Accounting diploma entry Language level must be met. NSC Achievement rating Applicants are required of at least 4 (50-59%) for Mathematics (not to participate Mathematics Literacy) in National NSC Achievement rating Benchmarking and of at least 3 (40–49%) for SATAPS Tests Physical Science. Grade 12/Matric Senior Certificate: An E-symbol for English (2nd language) on the Higher Grade or a D-symbol for English on the Standard Grade. In addition, an E-symbol on the Higher Grade or a D-symbol on the Standard Grade for Mathematics and Physical Science. FET Colleges


24

National Certificate An N3 certificate with C-symbols for at least four subjects including Mathematics and Engineering Science or a D-symbol at N4 level as well as the language requirements for the Senior Certificate. National Certificate (Vocational) Level 4 National Certificate (Vocational) Level 4: Requirements as defined in Government Gazette 32743 dated 26th November 2009 with specific requirements as set out below: • Must meet NC(V) level 4 statutory requirements • Must obtain 50% in the three fundamental subjects which in the case of this programme are required to be: * English, as it is the university’s language of learning and teaching (LOTL); * Mathematics (not Mathematics Literacy) * Life Orientation • 50% in Physical Science • 60% for three of the following compulsory vocational modules (in any combination): * Construction Planning * Construction Supervision * Materials * Carpentry and Roof Work * Concrete Structures * Carpentry and Roof Work * Masonry * Plumbing All NC(V) 4 applicants are required to participate and perform satisfactorily in the Placement Tests (SATAPS/NBT’s) as is conducted by the department. Recognition of prior learning (RPL) RPL may be used to demonstrate competence for admission to this programme. This qualification may be achieved in part through RPL processes. Credits achieved by RPL must not exceed 50% of the total credits and must not include credits at the exit level. The provision that the qualification may be obtained through the recognition of prior learning, facilitates access to an education, training and career path in building and thus accelerates the redress of past unfair discrimination in education, training and employment opportunities. Evidence of prior learning must be assessed through formal RPL processes through recognized methods. Learners submitting themselves for RPL should be thoroughly briefed prior to the assessment and will be required to submit a Portfolio of Evidence (PoE) in the prescribed format to be assessed for formal recognition. While this is primarily a workplace-based qualification, evidence from other areas of learning may be introduced if pertinent to any of the Exit Level Outcomes (ELOs). The structure of this non-unit standard based qualification makes RPL possible, if the learner is able to demonstrate competence in the knowledge, skills, values and attitudes implicit in this first stage building qualification. Learners who already work in the building industry who believe they possess competencies to enable them to meet some or all of the ELOs listed in the qualification will be able to present themselves for assessment against those of their choice.

25

2014

PROSPECTUS

International Students Applications from international students are considered in terms of: • HESA/Institutional guideline document, “Exemption Requirements: Foreign School Qualifications” • institutional equivalence reference document • (where required) submission of international qualification to SAQA for benchmarking in terms of HEQF Mature Age Endorsement Refer to requirements as per WSU’s General Rules & Regulations 9.6.1.7.2

Selection criteria for new students

The initial selection of new students is based on an applicant’s NSC or Matric results. Where an applicant has symbols one level above the minimum admission requirement for Maths and Science such an applicant will be offered direct enrolllment. Students offered direct enrolment will however be required to participate in Standardised Assessment Tests (SATAPs), but in such cases the results will only be used for diagnostic evaluation. Students who do not gain direct enrolment, but who meets the minimum admission requirements are provisionally accepted. Such students are required to complete a set of three SATAP tests, which comprise of Mathematics, Physical Science and English Proficiency. Each SATAP test takes 2 hours to complete. Results from SATAP tests and Matric/NSC symbols are then graded using a conversion scale. Grade 12/NSC results constitute 50% of the graded mark (other 50% forthcoming from SATAP’s). On completion of the SATAP tests the applicants are rated according to their (graded) marks. Those with highest marks will be offered enrolment entry into the National Diploma programme, at the campus where they have applied. All enrolments are subject to quota limitations. The department may, if deemed appropriate also require applicants to participate in a structured interview. 9.6.1.7.3

Programme Rules

As for School rules (see section 8). 9.6.1.7.4

Admission Rules & Applications for Recognition of Credits

For Admission Rules see the section on Admission Requirements above. In addition the Department will consider courses done at other Tertiary Institutions for exemption, in accordance with the Rules and Regulations of the University subject to the following criteria. If a student wishes to graduate from WSU but decides to enroll for one or more programme courses at another university, then the student must lodge a written application (through the HOD to Director of School) before registration at the other Institution. Students must take note of the institutional rules which state that: • Not more than 50 % of the courses in the qualification will be exempted in this way. All exit level courses must be done at WSU, except if otherwise approved by Senate


26

Any provisional approval by school/faculty is subject to final approval by Senate [also see WSU’s General Rules & Regulations - Rule G15 & G16]. Where the applicant cannot meet the criteria below, the applicant will be advised that the qualification cannot be awarded by WSU and that he/she should apply to graduate at the other Institution. The applications for students wishing to enroll for courses, which will not lead to the award of a qualification (i.e. enroll for non degree/diploma purposes) will only be considered after students wishing to study to degree/diploma has been accommodated, as it is subject to enrolment space being available. Students, who are coming from other higher education institutions are to be advised at registration by the HOD that their admission to the programme remain provisional and that they are required to immediately apply for recognition of any credits which they wish to be considered. The required application forms must be completed in full and a copy of the syllabus guide of the course done at the other institution must be provided with the application. Approval of such applications is subject to the application for recognition of credits meeting all the set requirements and final approval of the application by Senate. Where a student wishes to apply to graduate the fully completed applications for recognition of credits, if it forms part of the grad application must be received by the HoD before 15th January (for May graduation event) and before 30 April (for September graduation event). Failure to comply with these requirements will result in non processing of applications and/or automatic de-registration of students. 9.6.1.7.5

Progression Rules

9.6.1.7.5.1

Re-Admission of Existing Students

Students should take note of the institutional rules G7-G11 on re-admission of students to undergraduate programmes. As provided for under institutional rules G8.1, G8.2. G9.1 & G9.2 the Department of Construction Management and Quantity Surveying has set the criteria for re-admission as per table in section 9.6.1.7.6.2 below. 9.6.1.7.6

Rules

9.6.1.7.6.1

Completion Rules

The National Diploma: Building qualification will be awarded after completing all 3 credits, i.e. completion of all courses in the curriculum and compliance with all Departmental, Faculty and Institutional rules and regulations. [also see WSU’s General Rules & Regulations]. 9.6.1.7.6.2

Exclusion Rules

Students should take note of the institutional rules G7-G11 on re-admission of students to undergraduate programmes. As provided for under institutional rules G8.1, G8.2. G9.1 & G9.2 the Department of Construction Management and Quantity Surveying has set the criteria for re-admission as per table in section 9.6.1.7.6.2 below. At the end of academic period (year)

1

2

3

4

5

Minimum credits that student must have obtained

60

120

200

300

360

27

2014

PROSPECTUS

Notes: Credits refer to SAQA credits Academic period refers to each year that the student was enrolled A student will not be allowed to enroll for courses at Level 2 of programme without having completed ALL the Level1 courses Registration requirements that must be met a. First time entering students must enroll for all the required courses at that level (i.e. at Yr 1/ Level 1). b. A student will not be allowed to enroll at multiple levels in the programme. c. All students re-admitted, i.e. ‘continuing students’ will be subjected to the pre-requisite and co-requisite requirements, along with all other Departmental, Faculty and Institutional rules and regulations. 9.6.1.7.6.3

Programme Registration Rules

Students can only register a maximum of 1.000 credits per year. 9.6.1.7.6.4

Programme Progression Rules

Ideally, all courses should be passed at all levels, prior to registering for the next level. Failure to do so could lead to timetable complications and clashes, thus the department cannot guarantee that a student can repeat any specific course at a lower level while simultaneously taking courses at a higher level. In this case, the higher level may not be registered, or will be cancelled, and the lower level course/s will take preference. 9.6.1.7.7

Programme Delivery Sites

The Department of Construction Management and Quantity Surveying currently operates from the Chiselhurst Delivery Site in East London, Buffalo City, as well as the Ibika Delivery Site at Butterworth. Details of Programmes: Level I : Main Stream (First Year)

Chiselhurst Delivery Site Ibika Delivery Site Offered

Level II (Second Year) Offered - Industry based Level III (Third Year) Offered All offerings are subject to supportive student quotas.

Offered - Industry based Offered

Note: Students to note that ND: Building (mainstream programme) will not be offered at Level 1 at Ibika as of 2013 subject to approval by DHET of new Extended Programme and revised enrolment plan 9.6.1.8 Curriculum Structure National Diploma: Building. NATED Code: 3202016 (3 Years) Level I : One year full time (attending classes) Course Nat. Code Course. Code Credit Construction Management I 20401412 CMAN 1/0 20 (0,167) Construction Technology I 20401312 COTE 1/0 20 (0,167)


28

Quantity Surveying I 20502212 Applied Building Science 20401512 Site surveying 82505312 Computer Applications (Sem. 1) 60202112 Communication (Sem. 2) 59900512 Total Credits for Level I period Level II : One year part time (working in industry) Course Nat. Code Work Integrated Learning : Building Practice Not listed Construction Management II 20401722 Construction Technology II 20401622 Quantity Surveying II 20502322 Total Credits for Level II period Level III : One year full time (attending classes) Course Nat. Code Construction Management III 20401903 Construction Technology III 20401803 Quantity Surveying III 20502603 Analysis of Pricing and Estimating 20502403 Construction Accounting 40112403 Structures and Concrete 80608703 Total Credits for Level III period 9.6.1.8.1

QUSU 1/0 ABSC 1/0 SISU 1/0 CAPP 1/1 CCAT 1/2

20 (0,167) 20 (0,167) 20 (0,167) 10 (0,083) 10 (0,083) 120 (1,0)

Dept. Code ETBUI/1 CMAN 2/0 COTE 2/0 QUSU 2/0

Credit 60 (0,5) 20 (0,167) 20 (0,167) 20 (0,167) 120 (1,0)

Dept. Code CMAN 3/0 COTE 3/0 QUSU 3/0 APES 3/0 COAC 3/0 STCO 3/0

Credit 20 (0,167) 20 (0,167) 20 (0,167) 20 (0,167) 20 (0,167) 20 (0,167) 120 (1,0)

Work Integrated Learning

To fulfill the requirements of the National Diploma: Building, a student must complete at least one year of applicable Work Integrated Learning as indicated in the curriculum. A manual outlining the requirements for successful completion of this component of the curriculum is obtainable from the Department of Construction Management and Quantity Surveying upon registration. At this time, the manual will be explained to the students, which will aid toward a successful outcome of Experiential Learning. The manual will also guide the students in terms of the Level II correspondence and on course assignments, which must be completed and submitted at prescribed dates during the academic year. These will be assessed on a continuous evaluation basis, i.e. there will not be an examination for these courses. 9.6.1.8.2

Pre-Requisite Courses

Level Course I Quantity Surveying I

Pre-Requisite

II

Preferably all Level I courses Construction Technology I Construction Management I Quantity Surveying I Construction Technology I

Work Integrated Learning Construction Technology II Construction Management II Quantity Surveying II

29

Co-Requisite Construction Technology I

Construction Technology II

2014

PROSPECTUS

III

Construction Technology III Construction Technology II Construction Management III Construction Management II Quantity Surveying III Quantity Surveying II Construction Technology II Analysis of Pricing and Construction Technology II Estimating Construction Management II Quantity Surveying II Construction Accounting

Construction Management II

Structures and Concrete

Applied Building Science Construction Technology II

9.6.1.8.3

Construction Technology III Construction Technology III Quantity Surveying III Construction Management III Construction Technology III

Available electives

Electives are not available for this programme 9.6.1.8.4

Award of Qualification

See Completion Rule above. 9.6.1.8.5

Programme Tuition Fees

Students are referred to the Walter Sisulu University institutional Fee Booklet for costs of tuition fees, application fees, registration fees, late registration-fees and other student fees. 9.6.1.8.6

Articulation

Vertical Vertical Articulation is possible with: Bachelor Technology, NQF Level 7, typically in the B-Tech: Construction Management or the B-Tech: Quantity Surveying. Horizontal Within WSU: Horizontal Articulation is possible with NQF Level 6 qualifications offered by WSU, e.g. Diploma in Management, NQF Level 6, subject to the admission requirements of that qualification. Other Universities: Horizontal Articulation is possible with NQF Level 6 qualifications offered by such institutions, subject to the relevant institution’s admission requirements. Professional Articulation: Professional development is possible through a programme of training to attain the competencies for professional registration with professional bodies, e.g. the South African Council for Quantity Surveyors, Council for Construction Management.


30

9.6.1.8.7

Core Syllabi of Courses Offered

CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT I Course Code Course Name CMAN 1/0 (see above)

NQF Level 5

Credits 20 (0,167)

Duration Full Year Programme Notional hours 200

Lectures per week Pracs per week Tutorials per week Number of weeks 3 x 40 min 0 3 x 40 min 27 Content / Syllabus SECTION 1 1. Organisations involved in the building industry. 2. Parties involved in the construction process. 3. Construction companies and their organisational structures. 4. Procurement of work. 5. Introduction to site administration and cost control. 6. Site meetings. SECTION 2 1. Management functions and components. 2. Materials management. 3. Management of plant and machinery. 4. Productivity and work study. 5. Introduction to project planning. 6. Introduction to personnel management. 7. Subcontractors. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY I Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration COTE1/0 (see above) 5 20 (0,167) Full Year Lectures per week Pracs per week Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 3 x 40 min 0.25 x 40 min 2.75 x 40 min 27 200 Content / Syllabus Interpretation of drawings and setting out; Introduction to building enterprise and Construction of foundations; Concrete Technology and Brickwork; Timber, Roof Construction and Finishes; Building Services Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. QUANTITY SURVEYING I Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration QUSU 1/0 (see above) 5 20 (0,167) Full Year Lectures per week Pracs per week Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 4 x 40 min 0 2 x 40 min 27 200 Content / Syllabus Introduction; Source of information and interpretation of drawings, Preparation of bills of quantities, Dimension preparation, Mensuration in quantities. Measurements and description of a single storey building in respect of foundations (including site clearance and simple demolitions), superstructure brickwork, solid floor construction, roofs, finishes (including plaster, paint and tiling to walls, conventional floors, plastered and boarded ceilings on brandering), stock steel, timber and aluminium windows, stock flush and hardwood doors (including timber and metal frames), adjustments for windows, doors and plain openings. Working up including squaring, abstracting and billing exercises. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

31

2014

PROSPECTUS

APPLIED BUILDING SCIENCE I Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration ABSC 1/0 (see above) 5 20 (0,167) Full Year Lectures per week Pracs per week Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 3 x 40 min 0.25 x 40 min 2.75 x 40 min 27 200 Content / 1. The use of the scientific calculator and the extension of basic arithmetical Syllabus skills. 2. Basic applied mechanics in terms of the concepts of force, stress and deformation. 3. The development of an appreciation of the influences of loads on structures. 4. Expansion and contraction, convection and radiation of heat and orientation of buildings. 5. Sound. 6. Distribution and use of electricity. 7. Lighting of building. 8. Behaviour of fluids Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. SITE SURVEYING I Course Code Course Name SISU 1/0 (see above)

NQF Level 5

Credits 20 (0,167)

Duration Full Year

Lectures per week 3 x 40 min Content / Syllabus

Pracs per week Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 0.5 x 40 min 2.5 x 40 min 27 200 1.Linear Surveying. 2. Setting out. 3. Leveling. 4. Elementary Tachometry. 5. Contouring. 6. Surveying of land for construction. 7. Surveying of existing buildings Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. COMPUTER APPLICATIONS Course Code Course Name CAPP 1/1 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per week 4 x 40min 0

NQF Level 5 Tutorials per week 2 x 40 min

Credits 0.083 Number of weeks 30

Duration Semester Notional hours 100

Content / Syllabus Introduction to computers; Operating system basics; Application programmes. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. COMMUNICATION Course Code CCAT 1/2 Lectures per week 4 x 40 min Content / Syllabus

Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per week Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 0 2 x 40 min 30 100 Introduction to course, methods and objectives; Communication Theory; Oral Presentation; Group communication and meeting procedure; Leadership skills; Technical writing and correspondence; Practical communication applications. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%.


32

WORK INTEGRATED LEARNING Course Code Course Name ETBUI/1 (see above)

Duration Full Year (in industry) Lectures per week Pracs per week Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 0 0 0 Minimum of 40 1600 Content / Work Integrated Learning: Students are expected to undertake suitable work Syllabus integrated learning within the construction industry. The industry includes construction companies, quantity surveying firms, construction supply companies, construction manufacturing companies, applicable government and local authority departments etc. The employer details and the nature of the work to be undertaken by the student must be construction relevant and must be described on form ‘appendix 1’ for approval by the ‘Work Integrated Learning’ academic facilitator. Students and employers must complete and sign the monthly assessment return form ‘appendix 2’ at the end of each working month. Assessment: Year mark will be obtained based on monthly reports. Final mark will be obtained from the average of monthly reports and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50% CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT II Course Code Course Name CMAN 2/0 (see above)

NQF Level 6

NQF Level 6

Credits 60 (0,5)

Credits 20 (0,167)

# of Assignments

Duration Full Year (in industry) Notional hours

Consultations per Tutorials per week Number of weeks week 3 0.25 x 40 min 0 27 200 Content / Submission of assignments covering: Communication in the micro-environment Syllabus of the site; Co-ordination of sub-contractors; Application of management functions and procedures; Collection and application of information on plant etc.; Compliance with the Machinery and Occupational Safety Act; The requirements of the Industrial Council Agreements; Monitoring of trainee tradesmen; Meetings and negotiations with works council / union representatives. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY II Course Code Course Name COTE 2/0 (see above) # of Assignments 3 Content / Syllabus

NQF Level 6

Credits 20 (0,167)


Consultations per Tutorials per week Number of weeks week 0.25 x 40 min 0 27 200 Submission of assignments covering: Formwork materials and re-use factors, Pre-cast concrete beams and floors, Metal doors and windows, Timber doors and windows, Glass and its properties, Pre-fabricated timber trusses, Roof coverings, Eaves, flashings and rainwater goods, Dormer windows and the use of attic space in roofs, Fire places and chimneys, Fixings, fastenings and adhesives, Floor, wall and ceiling finishes, Drainage and plumbing details, Paint finishes to metal, plaster and timber, Industrial buildings.

33

2014

PROSPECTUS

Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. QUANTITY SURVEYING II Course Code Course Name QUSU 2/0 (see above)

NQF Level 6

Credits 20 (0,167)

# of Assignments


Consultations per Tutorials per week Number of weeks week 3 0.25 x 40 min 0 27 200 Content / Submission of assignments covering: 1. Measuring, abstracting and billing with Syllabus full description and specifications (including precast and pre-stressed concrete beams and floors. 2 Standard metal doors and windows. 3 Standard timber doors and windows. 4. Glass and its properties. 5. Prefabricated timber trusses. 6. Roof Coverings. 7. Eaves, flashings and rainwater goods. 8. Drainage and plumbing details. Note: Assignments should be structured to develop an appreciation of: systems used to develop bills of quantities (including the traditional, the cut and shuffle and the computerised methods), model preambles and preliminaries, appointment of the members of the professional teams and their fee scales, standard forms used for certificates. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT III Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration CMAN 3/0 (see above) 6 20 (0,167) Full Year Lectures per week Pracs per week Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 3 x 40 min 0 3 x 40 min 27 200 Content / Module 1: Methodology for a mini-research assignment; Module 2: MiniSyllabus research assignment: Industrial Psychology as a basis for improved quality, health and safety, personnel management and public relations in the construction industry; Module 3: Construction Calculations; Module 4: Network diagrams and bar charts; Module 5: Line of balance techniques; Module 6: Site planning, administration and documentation; Module 7: Financial controls and construction budgeting; Module 8: Introduction to professional ethics in the construction industry; Module 9: Introduction to contract law and arbitration; Module 10: Industrial relations and labour law; Module 11. Introduction to the Construction Regulations of 2003; Module 12. Introduction to the National Building Regulations Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY III Course Code Course Name COTE 3/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per week 3 x 40 min 0



34

Credits 20 (0,167) Number of weeks 27

Duration Full Year Notional hours 200

Content / Syllabus

1. Definition of multi-floor concepts. 2. Demolishing and setting out. 3. Soils and excavations. 4. Foundations and piles. 5. Basements and retaining walls. 6. 7. Formwork and concrete. 8. Steel structures. 9. Cladding. 10. Installation of services. 11. Finishes. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. QUANTITY SURVEYING III Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration QUSU 3/0 (see above) 6 20 (0,167) Full Year Lectures per week Pracs per week Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 3 x 40 min 0 3 x 40 min 27 200 Content / Measurement and description of elements of multi-storey buildings including: Syllabus Bulk earthworks and site clearance, Load bearing and framed concrete and brick structures, Flat roofs (waterproofing to concrete roofs and sheet-metal covering and boarded roofs), Staircases (including balustrades and finishes), Structural steelwork, Finishing (comprising: facings, in-situ terrazzo, patent plaster finishes, more complex tiling, paneling, other non-standard finishes and suspended ceilings), Purpose made timber and aluminium windows and doors (including sidelights, fanlights and adjustments), Joinery fittings, Plumbing and drainage complete. Prime cost and provisional sums (including final account adjustments), Builders work in connection with specialist installations, Practical working up and compilation of bills of quantities complete with trade preambles, Builders quantities, valuations and progress payments including basic principles of escalation. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ANALYSIS OF PRICING AND ESTIMATING Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration APES 3/0 (see above) 6 20 (0,167) Full Year Lectures per week Pracs per week Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 3 x 40 min 0 3 x 40 min 27 200 Content / Syllabus Specifications; Estimating; Costing; Compiling Unit Rates; Evaluations and Certificates; Escalation; Final Accounts Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. CONSTRUCTION ACCOUNTING Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration COAC 3/0 (see above) 6 20 (0,167) Full Year Lectures per week Pracs per week Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 3 x 40 min 0 3 x 40 min 27 200 Content / Syllabus The purpose of accounting; Records and first entries; Business transactions; Bank transactions; Transactions up to trial balance; Closing entries up to balance sheet; Contact accounts; Sole owners and partnership accounts; Limited companies and close corporation accounts; Application of a construction accounting computer programme.

35

2014

PROSPECTUS

Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. STRUCTURES AND CONCRETE Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration STCO 3/0 (see above) 6 20 (0,167) Full Year Lectures per week Pracs per week Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 3 x 40 min 0.25 x 40 min 2.75 x 40 min 27 200 Content / Syllabus 1. Theory of structures. 2. Concrete. 3. Formwork. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

9.6.2 National Diploma: Building [Extended Programme] 9.6.2.1 Entrepreneurship & Professional Development of Students For details see same section under National Diploma: Building. 9.6.2.2 Career Opportunities For details see same section under National Diploma: Building. 9.6.2.3 Purpose of Qualification The purpose for ND Building Extended Programme is to equip underprepared students, who wish to study towards a ND Building. Additional modules are therefore introduced at Year 1 level, hence the extended time period for the completion of this programme. The programme aims to: • • • • • • • • •

Provide students “at risk” with a viable platform to successfully undertake building (construction management and quantity surveying) studies at tertiary education level. Provide students from disadvantaged backgrounds with an adequate level of foundational competence which is based on specific and discipline-related knowledge. Improve the retention and throughput of disadvantaged students entering the mainstream programme. Provide a learning environment where the gap in terms of disadvantaged student needs and the student support required are bridged. Provide a student who has the potential to succeed with Construction Management and Quantity Surveying studies at tertiary level with an opportunity to: Gain a contextualized understanding of the field of Construction Management and Quantity Surveying. Develop the knowledge and skills to engage in basic construction management and quantity surveying practices effectively. Become familiar with the application of basic knowledge and skills in the Construction Management and Quantity Surveying discipline. Ensure that the required educational quality standards in teaching and learning are maintained while at the same time achieving the above aims.

The rationale for the ND Building Extended Programme is therefore essentially the same as for the three year ND: Building programme but is specifically designed by providing support to students to obtain essential skills for completion of the National Diploma: Building. Students 36 SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

successfully completing the Extended Programme will thus be able to: • • • •

Develop a contextualised understanding of the field of Construction Management and Quantity Surveying. Develop the knowledge and skills to engage in Construction Management and Quantity Surveying practices effectively. Apply knowledge and skills in the Construction Management and Quantity Surveying academic environments. Continue with their studies beyond the Year 1 level towards the obtainment of a National Diploma: Building.

9.6.2.4 Exit Level Outcomes of the Programme The exit level outcomes for National Diploma: Building Extended Programme are the same as for the three year National Diploma programme [details are as indicated for that programme]. There are however, outcomes which the Extended Programme aims to re-enforce to better equip the students. These additional modules are introduced at Year 1 level, hence the extended time period. The expected additional outcomes of the National Diploma: Building Extended Programme are: • • • •

To ensure students understand and are able to master the basic concepts of mathematics, physics and building science and their application which forms part of the National Diploma: Building programme. To develop students computer skills in order to equip them for further academic studies. To enhance and develop the students’ academic skills with particular emphasis on academic literacy as applicable to the National Diploma: Building programme. To develop students’ life skills in order that they can use the tools (e.g. study and time management skills) in their studies.

9.6.2.5 Critical Cross-Field Outcomes For details see same section under National Diploma: Building. 9.6.2.6 Programme Characteristics 9.6.2.6.1


Courses on the academic programme are offered in terms of the Department of Higher Education Grant approval for offering of Extended Programme, which include foundation provision, which is in addition to the courses required as part of the academic structure as per the Departments of Education NATED 150/151 document for the National Diploma: Building. 9.6.2.6.2


For details see same section under National Diploma: Building. 9.6.2.6.3


In order to allow for foundational material to be integrated into the Diploma courses, the programme is extended by six months in both the first and second semester periods of study. For some courses the foundational provision is in the form of additional material necessary to facilitate the students understanding of the Diploma course material. In other courses the 37 2014 PROSPECTUS

foundational provision is in the form of the extra time available in the extended programme. The extra time enables lecturers to spend longer on the more difficult sections of work, assess more frequently to identify problem areas, revise at regular intervals and revisit problem areas as they are identified. This is very beneficial to foundation students. After two years of receiving foundational support the students are considered to have had sufficient support to enable them to cope with the regular Level II and Level III courses without further foundational support. 9.6.2.7

Programme Information

9.6.2.7.1

Minimum Admission Requirements

The National Diploma: Building Extended Programme targets applicants who are deemed to be “under-prepared” for the National Diploma programmes. Applicants in this category are assessed before the registration period. Assessment instruments include SATS tests, weighting of NSC/Grade 12 results and interviews. Selection is subject to quotas not being exceeded. 9.6.2.7.2


The initial selection of new students is based on an applicant’s NSC or Matric results. Students who do not gain direct acceptance, but who meets the minimum admission requirements are provisionally accepted. Students who do not gain direct acceptance are required to complete a set of three Standardised Assessment Tests (SATAPs), which comprise of Mathematics, Physical Science and English Proficiency. Each SATAP test takes 2 hours to complete. Results from SATAP tests and Matric/NSC symbols are then graded using a conversion scale. Grade 12/NSC results constitute 50% of the graded mark (other 50% forthcoming from SATAP’s). On completion of the SATS tests the applicants are rated according to their (graded) marks. Applicants who do not gain direct entry into the (mainstream) National Diploma programme are considered for enrolment into the Extended programme (on sites where the Extended programme is offered). Selection is based on the weighted marks obtained by applicants and is subject to quota limitations. 9.6.2.8

Programme Rules

As for School rules (see section 8) 9.6.2.9


For details see same section under National Diploma: Building. 9.6.2.10

Progression Rules

9.6.2.10.1


Students should take note of the institutional rules G7-G11 on re-admission of students to undergraduate programmes. As provided for under institutional rules G8.1, G8.2. G9.1 & G9.2 the Department of Construction Management and Quantity Surveying has set the criteria for re-admission as per table in section 9.6.2.11.2 below.


38

9.6.2.11

Exit Rules

9.6.2.11.1

Completion Rules


Exclusion Rules

Students should take specific note of the WSU’s General Rules & Regulations (specifically rules G7-G11) on re-admission and exclusion of students to undergraduate programmes. The specific rules on exclusion for the ND: Building Extended programme is as follows: A student that progresses at a slower rate than that set out below, will be refused further readmission on the grounds of “poor academic performance” At the end of academic period (year)

1

2

3

4

5


60

120

200

300

360

Notes: Credits refer to SAQA credits Academic period refers to each year that the student was enrolled A student will not be allowed to enroll for courses at Level 2 of programme without having completed ALL the Level 1A & 1B courses. Registration requirements that must be met a. First time entering students must enroll for all the required courses at that level (i.e. at Yr 1/ Level 1A). b. A student will not be allowed to enroll at multiple levels in the programme., other than at Level 1A & 1B. c. A student that fails to complete all the courses of Level IA and IB within three years will be excluded from the programme. d. All students re-admitted, i.e. ‘continuing students’ will be subjected to the pre-requisite and co-requisite requirements, along with all other Departmental, Faculty and Institutional rules and regulations. 9.6.2.12

Programmes offering

The Department of Construction Management and Quantity Surveying currently offers the Extended Programme at the Ibika Delivery Site in Butterworth and Chiselhurst Site in Buffalo City. 9.6.2.12.1

Curriculum Structure

Level IA : Year 1 - Full time (attending classes) Course Nat. Code Construction Management I 20401412 Construction Technology I 20401312 Computer Applications (Semester 1) 60202112 Communication (Semester 2) 59900512 39

Dept. Code CMAN1E0 COTE1E0 CAPP1E0 CCAT1E0

Credit 20 (0,167) 20 (0,167) 10 (0,083) 10 (0,083)

2014

PROSPECTUS

Total Credits for Level 1A period

60 (0,5)

Level IB : Year 2 - Full time (attending classes) Course Nat. Code Quantity Surveying I 20502212 Applied Building Science 20401512 Site surveying 82505312 Total Credits for Level 1B period

Dept. Code QUSE1E0 ABSC1E0 SISU1E0

Credit 20 (0,167) 20 (0,167) 20 (0,167) 60 (0,5)

Level II (Year 3 of this programme) and Level III (Year 4 of this programme) are described under the same section for National Diploma: Building. Once a student on this programme progresses to Level II and Level III they follow the curriculum as is described for the National Diploma: Building. 9.6.2.12.2


For details see same section under National Diploma: Building. 9.6.2.12.3 Level I


Course Quantity Surveying I

9.6.2.12.4

Pre-Requisite

Co-Requisite Construction Technology I

Available electives

Electives are not available for this programme. 9.6.2.12.5





Articulation

For details see same section under National Diploma: Building. 9.6.2.13


For details see relevant courses under same section under the National Diploma: Building. Note: Duration for completion of Level I courses in National Diploma: Building [Extended] are 2 years and includes foundational provision. Foundation component of curriculum >> Equivalent to mainstream curriculum


40

CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT I Course Code Course Name NQF Level CMAN1E0 (see above) 5 Lectures per week 3 x 40 min Content / Syllabus

Pracs per week

Credits 20 (0,167)

Duration Full Year Programme Notional hours

Tutorials per Number of week weeks 0 3 x 40 min 30 240 Introduction to the construction industry >> Organisations involved in the building industry >> Parties involved in the construction process >> Construction companies and their organisational structures >> Procurement of work >> Introduction to site administration >> Site administration and cost control >> Site meetings The theory of management >> Management functions and components >> Materials management >> Management of plant and machinery >> Productivity and work study Introduction to project planning. >> Office and Site Administration >> Introduction to personnel management >> Personnel management >> Subcontractors >> Costing and Cost Control Applications Case studies on practical applications – WiSeUp (Blackboard) assignment using Site documents(Foundation) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

41

2014

PROSPECTUS

CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY I Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration COTE1E0 (see above) 5 20 (0,167) Full Year Lectures per Pracs per week Tutorials per Number of Notional hours week week weeks 3 x 40 min 0.25 x 40 min 2.75 x 40 min 30 240 Explaining technology Content / The application of Construction Technology Syllabus >> Interpretation of drawings and setting out >> Introduction to building enterprise and Construction of foundations >> Concrete Technology and Brickwork; Timber, Roof Construction and Finishes; Building Services Practical >> Timber, Roof Construction and Finishes >> Building Services >> Field work >> Local Site visit 1 >> Local Site visit 2 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. QUANTITY SURVEYING I Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration QUSE1E0 (see above) 5 20 (0,167) Full Year Lectures per Pracs per week Tutorials per Number of Notional hours week week weeks 4 x 40 min 0 2 x 40 min 30 240 Introduction to Quantity Surveying Content / Basic calculations and Quantity Surveying Applications and Syllabus Practices; >> Source of information and interpretation of drawings >> Preparation of bills of quantities >> Dimension preparation >> Mensuration in quantities >> Measurements and description of a single storey building in respect of foundations (including site clearance and simple demolitions, superstructure brickwork, solid floor construction, roofs, finishes (including plaster, paint and tiling to walls, conventional floors, plastered and boarded ceilings on brandering), stock steel, timber and aluminium windows, stock flush and hardwood doors (including timber and metal frames), adjustments for windows, doors and plain openings. >> Working up including squaring, abstracting and billing exercises Practicing sessions in Quantity Surveying calculations and applications (spread throughout year) >> Field work >> Local Site visit 1 >> Local Site visit 2


42

Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. APPLIED BUILDING SCIENCE I Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration ABSC1E0 (see above) 5 20 (0,167) Full Year Lectures per Pracs per week Tutorials per Number of Notional hours week week weeks 3 x 40 min 0.25 x 40 min 2.75 x 40 min 30 240 Introduction to Basic Safety in the work environment; Content / The use of the scientific calculator Syllabus >> Basic arithmetical skills >> Basic applied mechanics in terms of the concepts of force, stress and deformation >> The development of an appreciation of the influences of loads on structures >> Expansion and contraction, convection and radiation of heat and orientation of buildings >> Sound >> The use of the scientific Distribution and use of electricity >> Lighting of building >> Behaviour of fluids >> Laboratory work Practicals x 3 >> Laboratory work Practicals x 3 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

43

2014

PROSPECTUS

SITE SURVEYING I Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration SISU1E0 (see above) 5 20 (0,167) Full Year Lectures per Pracs per week Tutorials per Number of Notional hours week week weeks 3 x 40 min 0.5 x 40 min 2.5 x 40 min 30 240 Introduction toConstruction Surveying Content / The Basics of Survey Tools & Equipment Syllabus Understanding and interpretation of results, degree of accuracy required and reporting >> Linear Surveying >> Setting out >> Leveling >> Elementary Tachometry >> Contouring >> Surveying of land for construction >> Surveying of existing buildings Introduction to the South African Co-ordinate System Introduction to Global Positioning System instruments. >> Field work Field based taping project. Field based levelling project Field based Theodolite project Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. COMPUTER APPLICATIONS Course Code Course Name CAPP1E0 (see above) Lectures per Pracs per week week 4 x 40min 0



44

Credits 0.083 Number of weeks 14


Content / Syllabus

>> >> >> >> >> >> >>

Introduction to the desktop computer – keyboard and monitor application Fundamentals of the desktop computer – the menu Basic Concepts of IT File Management Word Processing Spreadsheets Presentations Information and Communication Compilation of technical reports Fundamentals of Computer Aided Drawing

>> Practical work Continuous throughout the semester Presentation module Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. COMMUNICATION Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration CCAT1E0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Lectures per Pracs per week Tutorials per Number of Notional hours week week weeks 4 x 40 min 0 2 x 40 min 14 112 Academic literacy Content / Computer literacy Syllabus >> Process of Communication >> Organisational Communication >> Interpersonal Communication >> Non-verbal Communication >> Intercultural Communication. >> Reading Strategies in the Computer Laboratory >> Technical report writing in the Computer Laboratory Multimedia communication >> Practical work Continuous throughout the year. Presentation module Submission of a portfolio of work Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%.

45

2014

PROSPECTUS

10.

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

10.1


The Department of Civil Engineering strives towards improving its leadership role in the higher education sector, with specific reference to planning, design, construction and maintenance of the civil engineering industry. It promotes excellence in appropriate research and application of technology, and offers career orientated diploma and degree programmes, consonant with the requirements of the Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA), South African Qualifications Authority (SAQA), Council for Higher Education (CHE) and the Higher Education Quality Committee (HEQC). Its programmes are designed to be relevant to the socio-economic needs of the region. The following programmes are offered by the Department of Civil Engineering. Department Civil Engineering

10.2

Programmes offered ND: Engineering: Civil, Extended Programme ND: Engineering: Civil B Tech: Engineering: Civil

Duration Delivery Sites 4yrs Ibika, College 3yrs 2yrs (Part Time)

Ibika, College College

Accreditation Status of programme

As a statutory body, constituted in terms of the Engineering Profession of South Africa Act, 46 of 2000, ECSA has the power of setting and auditing of academic standards for purposes of registration through a process of accreditation of engineering programmes at universities. Following an ECSA visit in August 2011 ECSA has made the following resolutions regarding accreditation status of programmes offered by the Department of Civil Engineering 10.2.1 College Street Delivery Site National Diploma: Engineering: Civil accredited until end of 2014, which is the end of the current accreditation cycle. Bachelor Technology: Engineering: Civil (Transportation) accredited until end of 2014, which is the end of the current accreditation cycle. Bachelor Technology: Engineering: Civil (Water) accredited until end of 2014, which is the end of the current accreditation cycle. 10.2.2 Ibika Delivery Site National Diploma: Engineering: Civil accredited until end of 2014, which is the end of the current accreditation cycle. 10.3


The Department of Civil Engineering strives to provide technologically and vocationally trained graduates which enables the University to meet the career needs of our community and satisfies the requirements of industry and commerce. 10.4

Goals of the Department

The goals of the Department of Civil Engineering to work closely with its community and with the 46 SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

essential support of both the public and private sector, we seek to produce graduates capable of dynamic participation in the economic and environmental development of the region and beyond. Through a commitment to service excellence, staff development and the maximum use of human and other resources, the Department strives to unite students, staff and employers in the common goal of improving the quality of life of our community. 10.5

Student Societies in Department

The Civil Engineering Society (CES) is a student initiative and is managed by the students for the educational well-being of the students. The Civil Engineering Society strives to: • • • • • • •

Integrate all Civil Engineering student activities. Develop close relations with appropriate professional organizations. Recognise the achievements of members through team projects. Build a database of fellow Civil Engineering students. Encourage career development and support from industry. Be a voice for all Civil Engineering students. Be non political and non-discriminatory in the conduct of Society affairs.

A students branch for the South African Institution of Civil Engineering (SAICE) was established at WSU in 2010. The Student Chapter is purely for the purpose of student professional development and the mission of the Student Chapter is to incite a passion for the Civil Engineering Profession and to create a spirit of enthusiasm and involvement of current and new students, so as to become the best Civil Engineering technicians, to serve South Africa and continue bridging the gap between the student experience and that in industry. The SAICE Student Chapter has the support of the local SAICE branch and staff members of the Department of Civil Engineering at WSU. Students are encouraged to become members of the Civil Engineering Student Chapter as this is a SAICE / Student initiative that is managed by the student members in consultation with SAICE, for the engineering development of students. 10.5.1 Aims and objectives of the student Societies in Department • • • •

To integrate all Engineering students and promote a spirit of unity with the other engineering departments at Walter Sisulu University. To develop its members not only academically but also on other aspects relating to career development. To take up needs and demands of Civil Engineering students of the Walter Sisulu University with acknowledgement of the Student Representative Council. To strive for the development and growth of the Civil Engineering Department at Walter Sisulu University.

10.6


10.6.1

National Diploma: Engineering: Civil

10.6.1.1

Entrepreneurship & Professional Development of Students

It is part of the department of civil engineering’s mission to instil entrepreneurial skills in our graduates to support their academic talents. Therefore ongoing entrepreneurial exposure will be presented via successful local business people and other entrepreneurial experts. Business 47 2014 PROSPECTUS

principles will permeate throughout the programme on an informal basis. The department of civil engineering also encourages students and staff to become members of the various professional and institutional bodies. While studying towards the diploma qualification, students are encouraged to join various institutions and professional bodies. More information is available from the Head of Department. Students are encouraged to visit the ECSA and SAICE websites for more information. The process of professional development of an engineering technician starts with the attainment of a qualification that meets this standard. After graduation a programme of training and experience is completed to attain the competencies for professional registration. 10.6.1.2

Career Opportunities

10.6.1.2.1

What can a diplomate do in this career?

In general, diplomates can work in the following branches of civil engineering: Planning and design, Construction, Project Management and Maintenance of facilities and infrastructure. Specialization fields in civil engineering include positions in: • Hydraulics/water resources engineering • Irrigation/drainage engineering • Municipal engineering • Geotechnical/soil/geological engineering • Water systems/pipeline engineering • Waste and wastewater treatment engineering • Structural engineering • Transportation engineering • Project Management 10.6.1.2.2

Who will employ a diplomate?

Consulting firms in private practice; construction companies; government (national departments, provincial departments and local authorities); private and parastatal organizations; research organizations; tertiary education institutions. 10.6.1.3

Purpose of the Qualification

The purpose of the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil is to train technicians who will meet the criteria for registration as a professional technician by the Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA), and who will display competence as part of the engineering team in the execution of technical tasks under remote supervision by using and applying their knowledge in independent judgement in the identification and solution of complex civil engineering problems. This qualification is intended for technician level employment in industry within the range of planning, design, construction and maintenance of Civil Engineering operations. Diplomats achieving this qualification should, after initial supervision, be able to apply engineering principles, techniques and instruments to systematically diagnose and solve well-defined Civil Engineering problems, perform procedural design functions of limited context, be able to use appropriate terminology, style and structure to communicate effectively with superiors and subordinates, apply management concepts to projects and operations and exhibit an awareness of ethics, professionalism, safety and consideration of the social and natural environment.


48

10.6.1.4

Exit Level Outcomes of the Programme

The programme’s exit level outcomes are aimed at providing graduates with the following attributes, skills, and competencies: • Ability to apply Civil Engineering principles to systematically diagnose and solve welldefined Civil Engineering problems. • Demonstrate the application of knowledge and the requisite skills in a Civil Engineering environment. • Perform procedural design of well-defined elements/components to meet desired needs within applicable standards, codes of practice and legislation. • Communicate technical, supervisory and general management information effectively, both orally and in writing, using appropriate language, structure, style and graphical support. • Acquire knowledge of self-management principles and concepts for managing projects and/or operations within the Civil Engineering environment, within the range: Maintenance, Operation, Development, Safety, Quality Assurance, and Environmental. The graduate achieving this qualification should therefore be able to: • Perform procedural design of well-defined elements/components to meet desired needs within applicable standards, codes of practice and legislation. • Follow developments in Civil Engineering and critique the status of current knowledge. • Apply the knowledge gained to new, well-defined, situations, both concrete and abstract, in the workplace/community. • Gather evidence from primary sources and journals using appropriate retrieval skills, and organise, synthesise and present the information professionally in a mode appropriate to the audience. • Use basic methods of enquiry in a Civil Engineering environment to contribute to a project. • Demonstrate the capacity to explore and exploit educational, entrepreneurial, and career opportunities, and to develop him/her professionally, including the ability to proceed to the BTech level. • Make independent decisions taking into account the relevant technical, economic, social, safety and environmental factors. • Work independently, as a member of a team and as a supervisor. • Relate Civil Engineering activities to environmental, safety, cultural and economic sustainability. 10.6.1.5

Critical Cross-Field Outcomes

This qualification promotes, in particular, the following Critical Cross-Field Outcomes: In the problem solving process, the learner is expected to be both creative and critical. Working effectively with others as a member of a group, organization and community, e.g. demonstrate effectiveness in: • individual work and the ability to function in a team situation. • communication, including receiving advice from supervisors. • Self management by organizing and managing oneself and one’s activities responsibly and effectively; • Collecting, analyzing, organizing and critically evaluating information. • Communicating effectively using visual, mathematical and / or language skills in the modes of oral and / or written persuasion when presenting design and investigations. • Using science and technology effectively and critically, showing responsibility towards the environment and health of others. • Demonstrating and understanding of the world as a set of related systems by recognizing that problem-solving contexts do not exist in isolation by taking technical, social, economic, environmental factors into account. 49

2014

PROSPECTUS

10.6.1.6

Programme Characteristics

10.6.1.6.1


The programme is offered in terms of the: • Formal Technikon Instructional Programmes in the RSA - NATED Report 151 (99/01) of Education NATED 150/151 document. • South African Qualifications Authority Registered Qualification: National Diploma: Engineering: Civil - SAQA 0480/09 - ID 80159 10.6.1.6.2


The programme is career orientated because academic study is combined with related projects and in-service training in industry. The courses in this programme are developed co-operatively using inputs from both academic and industrial sources on a continuous basis. 10.6.1.6.3


One of the objectives of the programme is to make the theory covered under the coursework more meaningful, and therefore improve the skills of students through on-site “hands-on” work exposure. To achieve this, practical demonstrations and site visits are arranged during the course. This exercise has proved popular and beneficial to students as it enables the students who participate to broaden their understanding of the various engineering fields; it also provides students with a real “feel” of engineering. 10.6.1.6.4


Learning activities are structured in a way that focuses the students learning experiences and creates opportunity for development via feedback. Students must be prepared to work independently using their own initiative in order to develop the ability to reason methodically and think creatively. 10.6.1.7


10.6.1.7.1


National Senior Certificate (NSC) Accumulated Required NSC Subjects Point Score (Compulsory) 30

NSC achievement rating of at least 3 (40-49%) for English as a Home Language or First Additional Language level NSC Achievement rating of at least 4 (50-59%) for Mathematics (not Mathematics Literacy) NSC achievement rating of at least 4 (50-59%) for Physical Sciences.


50

Recommended NSC Subjects (Not Compulsory) Engineering graphics and design

Other

Minimum statutory NSC requirements for diploma entry must be met. Applicants are required to participate in National Benchmarking and SATAPS Tests

Grade 12/ Matric Senior Certificate Requirement: An E-symbol for English (2nd language) on the Higher Grade. In addition, an E-symbol on the Higher Grade or a D-symbol on the Standard Grade for Mathematics and Physical Science. FET Colleges National Certificate Requirement: An N3 certificate with C-symbols for at least four subjects including Mathematics and Engineering Science or a D-symbol at N4 level as well as the language requirements as specified for the Senior Certificate. National Certificate (Vocational) Level 4: National Certificate (Vocational) Level 4: Requirements as defined in Government Gazette 32743 dated 26th November 2009 with specific requirements as set out below: • Must meet NC(V) level 4 statutory requirements • Must obtain 50% in the three fundamental subjects which in the case of this programme are required to be: * English, as it is the university’s language of learning and teaching (LOTL); * Mathematics (not Mathematics Literacy) * Life Orientation • 50% in Physical Science • 60% for three of the following compulsory vocational modules (in any combination): * Construction Planning * Construction Supervision * Materials * Concrete Structures * Roads All NC(V) 4 applicants are required to participate and perform satisfactorily in the Placement Tests (SATAPS/NBT’s) as is conducted by the department. Recognition of prior learning (RPL) RPL may be used to demonstrate competence for admission to this programme. This qualification may be achieved in part through recognition of prior learning processes. Credits achieved by RPL must not exceed 50% of the total credits and must not include credits at the exit level. • The provision that the qualification may be obtained through the recognition of prior learning, facilitates access to an education, training and career path in engineering and thus accelerates the redress of past unfair discrimination in education, training and employment opportunities. • Evidence of prior learning must be assessed through formal RPL processes through recognized methods. Any other evidence of prior learning should be assessed through formal RPL processes to recognize achievement thereof. • Learners submitting themselves for RPL should be thoroughly briefed prior to the assessment and will be required to submit a Portfolio of Evidence (PoE) in the prescribed format to be assessed for formal recognition. While this is primarily a workplace-based qualification, evidence from other areas of learning may be introduced if pertinent to any of the Exit Level Outcomes (ELOs). • The structure of this non-unit standard based qualification makes RPL possible, if the learner is able to demonstrate competence in the knowledge, skills, values and attitudes implicit in this first stage engineering qualification. • Learners who already work in the engineering industry who believe they possess competencies to enable them to meet some or all of the ELOs listed in the qualification will be able to present themselves for assessment against those of their choice.

51

2014

PROSPECTUS

International Students Applications from international students are considered in terms of: HESA/Institutional guideline document, “Exemption Requirements: Foreign School Qualifications” institutional equivalence reference document (where required) submission of international qualification to SAQA for benchmarking in terms of HEQF Mature Age Endorsement Refer to requirements as per WSU’s General Rules & Regulations – Section 1.6

10.6.1.7.2


The initial selection of new students is based on an applicant’s NSC or Matric results. Where an applicant has symbols one level above the minimum admission requirement for Maths and Science such an applicant will be offered direct enrolment. Students offered direct enrolment will however be required to participate in Standardised Assessment Tests (SATAPs), but in such cases the results will only be used for diagnostic evaluation. Students who do not gain direct enrolment, but who meets the minimum admission requirements are provisionally accepted. Such students are required to complete a set of three SATAP tests, which comprise of Mathematics, Physical Science and English Proficiency. Each SATAP test takes 2 hours to complete. Results from SATAP tests and NSC/Matric symbols are then graded using a conversion scale. Grade 12/NSC results constitute 50% of the graded mark (other 50% forthcoming from SATAP’s). On completion of the SATAP tests the applicants are rated according to their (graded) marks. Those with highest marks will be offered enrolment into the National Diploma programme, at the campus where they have applied. All enrolments are subject to quota limitations. 10.6.1.7.3

Programme Rules

As for School rules (see section 8) 10.6.1.7.4


For Admission Rules see the section on Admission Requirements above. In addition the Department will consider courses done at other Tertiary Institutions for exemption, in accordance with the Rules and Regulations of the University subject to the following criteria. If a student wishes to graduate from WSU but decides to enroll for one or more programme courses at another university, then the student must lodge a written application (through the HOD to Director of School) before registration at the other Institution. Students must take note of the institutional rules which state that: • Not more than 50 % of the courses in the qualification will be exempted in this way. • All exit level courses must be done at WSU. • Only in exceptional circumstances will recognition of one (1) exit level subject from another university be considered but such consideration is subject to a recommendation from the Department and approval thereof by Senate. • Any provisional approval by school/faculty is subject to final approval by Senate [also see WSU’s General Rules & Regulations]. Where the applicant cannot meet the criteria as is stipulated in this section, the applicant will be advised that the qualification cannot be awarded by WSU and that he/she should apply to


52

graduate at the other Institution. Applications from students wishing to enroll for individual courses, which will not lead to the award of a qualification (i.e. enroll for non degree/diploma purposes) will only be considered after students wishing to study towards full degree/diploma qualifications have been accommodated, as enrolment is subject to space being available. Students coming from other higher education institutions are to be advised at admission, by the Head of Department that admission to the programme remains provisional and that at registration they are required to immediately apply for recognition of any credits which they wish to be considered. Approval of such applications is subject to the application for recognition of credits being approved by Senate. Where a student wishes to apply to graduate the fully completed applications for recognition of credits, if it forms part of the grad application must be received by the HoD before 15th January (for May graduation event) and before 30 April (for September graduation event). Failure to comply with these requirements will result in non processing of applications and/or automatic de-registration of students. 10.6.1.7.5

Progression Rules

10.6.1.7.5.1


Students should take note of the institutional rules G7-G11 on re-admission of students to undergraduate programmes. As provided for under institutional rules G8.1, G8.2. G9.1 & G9.2 the Department of Civil Engineering has set the criteria for re-admission for the ND: Civil Engineering programme as per table in section 10.6.1.7.6.2 below. 10.6.1.7.6

Exit Rules

10.6.1.7.6.1

Completion Rules

Over and above the requirements as set out below an application for the award of a qualification will be scrutinised for compliance to the statutory requirements as is set out in NATED documents together with the requirements as is described in WSU’s General Rules & Regulations. The qualification will be awarded after completing 360 SAQA credits (3 NATED credits) with: 120 SAQA credits (1 NATED credits) obtained from the two compulsory in-service training course offerings 240 SAQA credits (2 NATED credits) obtained from the listed instructional offerings with at least 60 SAQA credits (0,5 NATED credits) obtained from level III instructional offerings. 10.6.1.7.6.2

Exclusion Rules

Students should take specific note of the WSU’s General Rules & Regulations (specifically rules G7-G11) on re-admission and exclusion of students to undergraduate programmes. The specific rules on exclusion for the ND: Civil Engineering programme is as follows: A student that progresses at a slower rate than that set out below, will be refused further readmission on the grounds of “poor academic performance”

53

2014

PROSPECTUS

Theory subjects (Levels 1, 2 & 3): At the end of academic period (semester) Minimum credits in theory subjects that student must have obtained

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

30

60

90

120

150

180

210

240

WIL subjects (P1 & P2) For each academic period (semester) that student is enrolled Minimum credits in WIL subjects that student must have obtained

1 60

2 120

Notes: Credits refer to SAQA credits Academic period refers to each semester that the student was enrolled Registration requirements that must be met a. First time entering students must enroll for all the required courses at that level (i.e. at S1/ Level 1A). b. If a student fails courses spanning multiple levels then the student must firstly enroll for the courses at the lower level. Consideration for enrolment of courses at the higher level will only be considered if the pre-requisite criteria for these courses are met AND if there are no timetable clashes. c. A student will not be allowed to jump levels or enroll for courses at more than two levels (e.g. a student with S1 courses outstanding cannot enroll for S3 courses but will be required to complete the S1 first). d. The Head of Department may limit the number of courses that a student may enroll for may when poor academic progress is evident. 10.6.1.7.7

Programmes offering

The Department of Civil Engineering currently operates from the College Street delivery site in East London, Buffalo City, as well as the Ibika delivery site, on the outskirts of Butterworth. Different sites offer different components of the programme as detailed below. 10.6.1.7.8

Programme Component Delivery Sites

Portion of Programme College Street Delivery Site

Ibika Delivery Site

Offered in 1st sem S1: Main Stream Offered in 1st semester Offered in 2nd sem S2: Main Stream Offered in 2nd semester st nd Offered in 1st sem S3: Main Stream Offered in 1 and 2 semester st nd Offered in 2nd semester S4: Main Stream Offered in 1 and 2 semester st Civil Engineering Practice Industry based: Enrolment in 1 Industry based: Enrolment in and 2nd semester 1st and 2nd semester I st Civil Engineering Practice Industry based: Enrolment in 1 Industry based: Enrolment in and 2nd semester 1st and 2nd semester II Note: The offerings as described above are subject to change and are dependent on viable student enrolment numbers being met (as determined by HOD) and physical and human resources being available.


54

10.6.1.7.9


S1 — 6 Months Course Drawing I Computer Skills I Construction Materials I Surveying (Civil) I Applied Mechanics I Mathematics I Total credits for this period S2 — 6 Months Course Construction Methods I Surveying (Civil) II Theory of Structures II Mathematics II Management Civil I Communication Skills I Drawing II Total credits for this period CEP 2A — 6 Months in industry Course Civil Engineering Practice I Total credits for this period CEP 2B — 6 Months in industry Course Civil Engineering Practice II Total credits for this period S3 — 6 Months Course Geotechnical Engineering II Management Civil II Structural Steel & Timber Design III Transportation Engineering II Water Engineering II Module 1: Hydraulics Water Engineering II: Module 2: Water & Wastewater Treatment Structural Analysis II Total credits for this period S4 — 6 Months Course Documentation III Geotechnical Engineering III Reinforced Concrete & Masonry Design III Transportation Engineering III

Code (Ibika/College) DWNG 1/0 CSKI 1/0 CONS 1/0 SVNG 1/0 APME 1/0 MATH 1/0

Credit 10 (0,083) 10 (0,083) 10 (0,083) 10 (0,083) 10 (0,083) 10 (0,083) 60 (0,5)

Code (Ibika/College) CONB 1/0 SVNG 2/0 TSTR 2/0 MATH 2/0 MCIV 1/0 COMM 1/0 DWNG 2/0

Credit 10 (0,083) 5 (0,042) 10 (0,083) 10 (0,083) 10 (0,083) 5 (0,042) 10 (0,083) 60 (0,5)

Code (Ibika/College)

Credit

CEEP 1/0

60 (0,5) 60 (0,5)

Code (Ibika/College) CEEP 2/0

Credit 60 (0,5) 60 (0,5)

Code (Ibika/College) GENG 2/0 MCIV 2/0 SDEA 3/0 TRAN 2/0 WENG 2/1 WENG 2/2

Credit 10 (0,083) 10 (0,083) 10 (0,083) 10 (0,083) 10 (0,083) 5 (0,042)

SANA 2/0

5 (0,042) 60 (0,5)

Code (Ibika/College) DOCU 3/0 GENG 3/0 SDEB 3/0 TRAN 3/0

Credit 10 (0,083) 10 (0,083) 10 (0,083) 10 (0,083)

55

2014

PROSPECTUS

Water Engineering III Structural Analysis III Total credits for this period

WENG 3/0 SANA 3/0

15 (0,125) 5 (0,042) 60 (0,5)

10.6.1.7.10 Work Integrated Learning To fulfill the requirements of the National Diploma a student must complete at least one year of applicable experiential learning. In the curriculum the experiential learning has been divided into two semester modules namely Civil Engineering Practice I and Civil Engineering Practice II. A manual outlining the requirements for successful completion of this component of the curriculum is obtainable from the Co-operative Education unit. The sequence as set out under curriculum structure section above is the ideal suggested progression. In some cases this sequence may not be possible and then the following should apply: Students must always complete S2 before attempting Civil Engineering Practice I. Students should attempt Civil Engineering Practice II before completing S4. 10.6.1.7.11 Pre-Requisite Courses Course S2 Courses Construction Methods I Surveying (Civil) II Theory of Structures II Mathematics II Management Civil I Communication Skills I Drawing II S3 Courses Geotechnical Engineering II Management Civil II Structural Steel & Timber Design III Transportation Engineering II Water Engineering II Structural Analysis II S4 Courses Documentation III Geotechnical Engineering III Reinforced Concrete & Masonry Design III Transportation Engineering III Water Engineering III Structural Analysis III 10.6.1.7.12

Pre-Requisite Construction Materials I Surveying (Civil) I Applied Mechanics I and Mathematics I Mathematics I

Drawing I and Computer Skills I Pre-Requisite Construction Methods I Management Civil I Theory of Structures II Surveying (Civil) II Applied Mechanics I Theory of Structures II Pre-Requisite Management Civil II Geotechnical Engineering II Theory of Structures II Transportation Eng II and Geotech Eng II Water Engineering II (both modules) Structural Analysis II

Available electives

There are no electives available for this programme


56

10.6.1.7.13


See section on Completion Rules above. 10.6.1.7.14



Articulation

Vertical • Vertical Articulation is possible with: Bachelor of Engineering Technology, NQF Level 7. The Exit Level Outcomes ensure that a graduate of a programme meeting these standards would meet requirements for entry to a number of programmes including: • A candidacy programme toward registration as a Professional Engineering Technician. • A Studentship programme directed at becoming registered as a Professional Engineering Technician or meeting other industry requirements. • Formal specialist study toward the B.Eng Tech. Horizontal Within WSU: Horizontal Articulation is possible with NQF Level 6 qualifications offered by WSU, e.g. Diploma in Management, NQF Level 6, subject to the admission requirements of that qualification. Other Universities: Horizontal Articulation is possible with NQF Level 6 qualifications offered by other universities, subject to the relevant institution’s admission requirements. Professional Articulation: After graduation a candidacy programme toward registration as a Professional Engineering Technician can be followed as laid down by Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA). 10.6.1.8


Note: Course Codes of College Street Delivery Site shown first followed by that of Ibika Delivery Site APPLIED MECHANICS I Course Code Course Name APME 1/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per semester

NQF Level 5 Tutorials per week

CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS I Course Code Course Name CONS 1/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per semester


Duration Semester Notional hours 5 x 45 min 3 X 3 hrs 1 x 45min 15 100 Content / Syllabus Theory: 1. Statics 2. Kinematics 3. Kinetics. Practicals: 1. Concurrent force systems 2. Beams 3. Forces in Plane Frameworks 4. Centres of Gravity 5. Friction Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

57

Credits 10 (0,083) Number of weeks


Duration Semester Notional hours

2014

PROSPECTUS

5 x 45 min. Content / Syllabus

3 X 3 hrs 1 x 45 min 15 100 Theory: The Basics of Engineering Geology for Civil Engineering Students; Building Construction for Civil Engineering Students; Fundamentals of Concrete – set book; Reinforcing Steel in concrete works; Structural Steel Sections and typical steel structures; The Basics of Pipe Materials and Pipe Laying Materials; Practicals (audiovisual support material where applicable): Concrete Slump Test; Manufacture and Crushing (Testing) of Concrete Cubes; Determination of SG, Bulk density and Fineness Modulus. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. COMPUTER SKILLS Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration CSKI 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Lectures per week Pracs per semester Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 3 x 45 min All practical 3 x 45 min 15 100 Content / Theory: 1. Basic Concepts of IT. 2. File Management. 3. Word Processing. 4. Syllabus Spreadsheets. 5. Presentations. 6. Information and Communication. Practicals: Presentation module will be done practically as students will learn a variety of skills such as research, group working, speaking, confidence as well as using the application itself. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark is 50%. DRAWING I Course Code DWNG 1/0 Lectures per week 3 x 45 min Content / Syllabus

Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per week Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours All practical 3 x 45 min 15 100 Theory: 1. Drawing equipment 2. Alphabet of lines and use of equipment 3. Geometric constructions 4. Orthographic projection 5. Oblique and Isometric projection 6. Mapwork Practicals: Continuous throughout semester Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments. . Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark is 50%.

SURVEY (CIVIL) I Course Code SVNG 1/0 Lectures per week 3 x 45 min.

Course Name (see above) Pracs per week 2 x 45 min



58



Content / Syllabus

Theory: Introduction to Survey Instruments and Equipment; Distance Measurement and the Basics of Setting Out; Levelling; Gradients and Contours; The South African Co-ordinate System; The Basics of Traversing; The Basics of Tacheometry. Field Practicals — the use of Distance Measuring Equipment, Step Taping and Setting Out, Setting up and adjustment of the Automatic Level, Open and Closed line levelling. Setting up and adjustment of the Theodolite, Horizontal and Vertical angle measurement with stadia readings. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MATHEMATICS I Course Code MATH 1/0 Lectures per week 4 x 45 min Content / Syllabus

Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per week Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours None 2 x 45 min 15 100 Theory: 1. Determinants 2. Radian measure 3. Logarithms 4. Trigonometry 5. Differentiation and Applications of Differentiation 6. Integration and Applications of Integration 7. Introduction to Statistics Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. CONSTRUCTION METHODS II Course Code Course Name CONB 1/0 (see above) Lectures per week Site visits per semester 5 X 45 min. 3 X 6 hours




1 X 45 min.

15

100

Content / Syllabus Theory: Review of Concrete Technology and the Basics of Engineering Geology; A preview of SABS 1200 – C (Clearing the Site), D – (Earthworks), DM – (Subgrade), ME – (Subbase), MF – (Base); Clearing the Site – the Road Reserve, the Sites of Structures, Borrow areas; Setting Out on the Site – Cut and Fill Areas, Trenches, Structures; Bulk Earthworks – Mass Haul Schedule, Plant and Equipment, Methodology and Programming, Compaction; A preview of SABS 1200 – LB (Pipe Bedding), LE (Stormwater Drainage), DB (Pipe Earthworks) and LD (Sewers); Drainage Structures – Trenching and Pipework, Box Culverts, Formwork and Falsework (scaffolding) and Method Statements; The Road Prism – Side Drainage, Layerworks, and Method Statements; The Road Surface – Surfacing and Road Marking. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. COMMUNICATION Course Code COMM 1/0 Lectures per week 2 x 45 min. Content / Syllabus

Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration (see above) 5 5 (0.042) Semester Pracs. per week Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 2 x 45 min. 0 15 50 Theory: 1. Process of Communication 2. Organisational Communication 3. Interpersonal Communication 4. Non-verbal Communication 5. Intercultural Communication. Practicals: Reading Strategies in Computer Laboratory.

59

2014

PROSPECTUS

Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. DRAWING II Course Code DWNG 2/0 Lectures per week 6 x 45 min Content / Syllabus

Course Name (see above) Pracs per semester

NQF Level Tutorials per week



All practical 2 x 45 min 15 100 Theory: 1. Structural Engineering Applications 2. Civil Engineering Applications Practicals: Computer Applications – AutoCAD and Prokon PADDS

Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on tests/ assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark is 50%. MANAGEMENT (CIVIL) I Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration MCIV 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Lectures per week Pracs per week Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 5 x 45 min None 1 x 45 min 15 100 Content / Theory: Theory of management; Composition of the Civil Engineering Industry; Syllabus Parties involved in the Construction Process; Types of Contracts; Office and Site Administration; Quality Control and Quality Assurance; Productivity and Work Study; Market Economics; Costing and Cost Control Applications. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. SURVEYING II Course Code SVNG 2/0 Lectures per week 3 x 45 min

Course Name (see above) Pracs per week 2 x 45 min


Credits 5 (0.042) Number of weeks 15


Content / Syllabus Theory: 1. Revision joins and polars 2.Circular curves 3. Transition curves 4.Vertical curves 5.Areas and Volume Practicals: 1.Tache Survey 2.Traverse 3.Curves Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MATHEMATICS II Course Code MATH 2/0 Lectures per week 4 x 45 min Content / Syllabus

Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Pracs per week Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours None 2 x 45 min 15 100 Theory: 1. Matrix Algebra 2. Hyperbolic functions 3. Partial Derivatives and applications 4. Integration techniques and applications 5. Statistics: Probability theory, probability distributions, sample distributions, hypothesis testing


60

Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. THEORY OF STRUCTURES II Course Code Course Name TSTR 2/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per semester 5 x 45 min Content / Syllabus



Duration Semester Notional hours 3 x 3hrs 1 x 45 min 15 100 Theory: 1. Sectional Properties 2. Stress and Strain 3. Analysis of Statically Determinate Pin-Jointed Frames 4. Analysis of Statically Determinate Beams 5. Computer Analysis (where applicable). Practicals: 1. Moment of Inertia 2. Tensile Test (incl. Strain Gauges) 3. Forces in Framework members 4. Shear Forces in a beam 5. Bending Moments in a beam 6. Deflections in a beam

GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING II Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration GENG 2/0 (see above) 6 10 (0,083) Semester Lectures per week Pracs per semester Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 5 X 45 min 3 x 3 hours 1 x 45 min 15 100 Content / Theory: Geology: (Audio visual material as appropriate): Introduction to Geology; Syllabus The Earth; Minerals; Volcanism; Igneous Rocks; Physical Geology; Sedimentary Rocks; Structural Geology; Metamorphic Rocks, South African Stratigraphy. Soil Mechanics: (Audio visual material as appropriate): Site Investigation; Properties of Soils; Soil Classification Systems; Coarse Particle Fraction; Fine Particle Fraction; Plasticity of Soils; Compaction Characteristics; California Bearing Ratio. Laboratory Practical Work: Sieve analysis of Coarse Particles; Hydrometer analysis of Fine Particles; Atterberg Limits; Modified AASHTO compaction characteristics; California Bearing Ratio; Field Density Testing—Sand Replacement Method and Nuclear Gauge; Dynamic Cone Penetrometer Testing. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MANAGEMENT: CIVIL II Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration MCIV 2/0 (see above) 6 10 (0,083) Semester Lectures per week Pracs per week Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 5 x 45 min Nil 1 x 45 min 15 100 Content / Theory: Contract Planning; Planning Techniques; Financial Planning and Control; Syllabus Record keeping and Control; Labour Legislation, Site Safety and the Occupational Health and Safety Act; Entrepreneurship; Project management Principles. Computer base practicals: Project management: Application using software packages Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

61

2014

PROSPECTUS

STRUCTURAL STEEL AND TIMBER DESIGN III Course Code Course Name NQF Level

Credits

Duration

SDEA 3/0 Lectures per week

(see above) Pracs per semester

6 Tutorials per week

10 (0,083) Number of weeks

5 x 45 min

3 x 3 hours

1 x 45 min

15

Semester Notional hours 100

Content / Syllabus

Theory: 1. Applied Loads 2. Limit States Design 3. Structural Steel Connection Design 4. Structural Steel Element Design 5. Timber Design. Practicals: Computer Design Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING II Course Code Course Name TRAN 2/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per semester



Duration Semester Notional hours 5 x 45 min Nil 1 x 45 min 15 100 Content / Syllabus Theory: 1. Transportation Planning; 2. Traffic Engineering; 3. Geometric Design; 4. Rail Design Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

WATER ENGINEERING II: [CONSISTING OF MODULE 1 & 2] WATER ENGINEERING II: MODULE 1: HYDRAULICS WENG2/1 Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration To be confirmed Hydraulics 6 10 (0,083) Semester Lectures per week Pracs per semester Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 5 x 45 min 3 x 3hrs 1 x 45 min 15 100 Content / Chapters: 1. Hydrostatics 2. Hydrodynamics 3. Flow Measurement 4. Pipeflow Syllabus and Pipeline Systems 5. Pumps and Pumping systems 6. Open Channel Flow. Practicals: 1. Hydrostatic Force on a Plane Vertical Surface 2. Bernoulli’s Theorem (Venturi Meter) 3. Orifice Plate Flow. 4. Pipe Friction 5. Pumps 6. Open Channel Flow Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. WATER ENGINEERING II: MODULE 2: WATER & WASTEWATER TREATMENT Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits WENG2/2 Water & Wastewater 6 5 (0.042) Treatment Lectures per week Pracs per semester Site visits per Number of weeks semester 3 x 45 min Nil 2 x 4hrs 15


62


Content / Syllabus

Chapters: 1. Potable Water Quality: Definitions, Characteristics/Properties and Standards/Objectives 2. Water Treatment Processes (Operation, Management and Simple Design/Sizing) 3. Wastewater Characteristics / Effluent Quality 4. Wastewater Treatment Processes (Operation, Management and Simple Design/ Sizing) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS II Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration SANA 2/0 (see above) 6 5 (0.042) Semester Lectures per week Pracs per semester Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 5 x 45 min 3 x 3hrs 1 x 45 min 15 50 Content / Theory: 1. Axially Loaded Compression Members 2. Combined Stresses 3. Analysis Syllabus of Statically Determinate Structures. Practicals: 1. Euler Column 2. Deflection in Frames Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. DOCUMENTATION III Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Semester DOCU 3/0 (see above) 6 10 (0,083) 1and 2 Lectures per week Projects per semester Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 5 x 45 min 1 x 9hrs 1 x 45 min 15 100 Content / Theory: 1. Quantities 2. Specifications 3. Cost Accounting 4. Computer Syllabus Applications 5. Contract Conditions Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on tests and assignments. . Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING III Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration GENG 3/0 (see above) 6 10 (0,083) Semester Lectures per week Pracs per semester Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 5 x 45 min 3 x 3hrs 1 x 45 min 15 100 Content / Theory: Soil Mechanics; Subsurface Water; Shear Strength of soil; Pressure on Syllabus retaining walls; Stability of Slopes; Bearing Capacity; Consolidation. Practical Work: Soil Consolidation Test; The Triaxial Test; The Shear Box Test; Constant and Falling Head Permeameter Tests; Odoemeter Test; Site Investigation and Computer Applications. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

63

2014

PROSPECTUS

REINFORCED CONCRETE AND MASONRY DESIGN III Course Code Course Name NQF Level SDEB 3/0 (see above) 6 Lectures per week Projects per semester Tutorials per week

Credits Duration 10 (0,083) Semester Number of Notional weeks hours 5 x 45 min 1 x 9hrs 1 x 45 min 15 100 Content / Syllabus Theory: 1. Reinforced Concrete 2. Un-reinforced Masonry Practicals: Computer Applications / Design Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING III Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration TRAN 3/0 (see above) 6 10 (0,083) Semester Lectures per week Pracs per semester Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 5 x 45 min 3 x 3hrs 1 x 45 min 15 100 Content / Syllabus Theory: Earthworks; Pavement Design and Management; Drainage; Pavement Materials. Practicals: Ring and Ball Test; Penetration Test; Marshall Mix Design Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: See section under Pre-requisite courses WATER ENGINEERING III Course Code Course Name WENG 3/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per semester


Credits 15 (0.125) Number of weeks

Duration Semester Notional hours 6 x 45 min 3 x 3hrs 2 x 45 min 15 150 Content / Syllabus Theory: Hydrology: Hydrological cycle; Hydrological Data – measurement, analysis and assessment ; Stormwater Analysis and Design ; Clear Water Storage and Distribution; Sewerage Reticulation. Practical Work: Open Channel Flow; Design and Computer Applications Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS III Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration SANA 3/0 (see above) 6 5 (0.042) Semester Lectures per week Projects per Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours semester 6 x 45 min 1 x 9hrs Nil 15 50 Content / Syllabus Theory: 1. Analysis of Statically Indeterminate Pin-Jointed frame structures 2. Analysis of Statically Indeterminate Beams (Propped Cantilevers/Encastre) 3. Analysis of Statically Indeterminate Beams (Continuous Beams) 4. Analysis of Statically Indeterminate Frames (with and without side sway) Practicals: Computer Analysis


64

Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. CIVIL ENGINEERING PRACTICE I (2A) Course Code Course Name NQF Level

Credits

Duration

CEEP 1/0 Site visit including interview and or remote interview 2hrs/student Content / Syllabus

(see above) 5 60 (0.5) Semester One on one Logbook and Number of weeks Notional hours consultation Technical Report sessions 1hr/student 80hrs/student 24 1200 Engineering Surveying; Materials Investigation and Classification and / or Quality Control Testing; Drawing and Use of Drawings; Design and Use of Designs; Contracts – Documentation and / or Administration; Construction –Participation and / or Supervision; Civil Eng. Project Administration – Social aspects, Technical aspects and / Financial aspects; Engineering Projects – Multi-disciplinary – in relation to local and regional social development Assessment: Final mark will be obtained based on logbook and project report evaluation. Pass mark required is 50%.

CIVIL ENGINEERING PRACTICE II (2B) Course Code Course Name NQF Level CEEP 2/0 (see above) 6 Site visit including One on one Logbook and interview and or consultation Technical Report remote interview sessions 2hrs/student 1hr/student 80hrs/student



24

1200

Content / Syllabus

Engineering Surveying; Materials Investigation and Classification and / or Quality Control Testing; Drawing and Use of Drawings; Design and Use of Designs; Contracts – Documentation and / or Administration; Construction – Participation and / or Supervision; Civil Eng. Project ; Administration – Social aspects, Technical aspects and / Financial aspects; Engineering Projects – Multidisciplinary – in relation to local and regional social development Assessment: Final mark will be obtained based on logbook and project report evaluation. Pass mark: 50%.

10.6.2

National Diploma: Engineering: Civil [Extended Programme]

10.6.2.1


For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Civil. 10.6.2.2



Purpose of Qualification

The purpose for National Diploma: Engineering: Civil Extended Programme is to equip underprepared students, who wish to study towards a National Diploma: Engineering: Civil, qualification. Additional modules are therefore introduced at S1 and S2 levels, hence the 65

2014

PROSPECTUS

extended time period for the completion of this programme. In order to achieve its purpose the programme aims to: • Provide students “at risk” with a viable platform to successfully undertake civil engineering studies at tertiary education level. • Provide students from disadvantaged educational backgrounds with an adequate level of foundational competence which is based on specific and discipline-related knowledge. • Improve the retention and throughput of academically disadvantaged students entering the mainstream programme. • Provide a learning environment where the gap in terms of academically disadvantaged student needs and the student support required are bridged. • Provide a student who has the potential to succeed with Civil Engineering studies at tertiary level with an opportunity to: • gain a contextualized understanding of the field of Civil Engineering; • develop the knowledge and skills to engage in basic Civil Engineering practices effectively; • become familiar with the application of basic knowledge and skills in the Civil Engineering discipline. • Ensure that the required educational quality standards in teaching and learning are maintained while at the same time achieving the above aims. The rationale for the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil Extended Curriculum Programme is therefore essentially the same as for the three year National Diploma: Engineering: Civil programme but is specifically designed in such a way to benefit students by providing support to students to obtain essential skills for completion of the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil. Students successfully completing the Extended Curriculum Programme will thus be able to: • • • •

Develop a contextualised understanding of the field of Civil Engineering. Develop the knowledge and skills to engage in Civil Engineering practices effectively. Apply knowledge and skills in the Civil Engineering academic environments. Continue with their studies beyond the S2 level towards the obtainment of a National Diploma: Engineering: Civil.

10.6.2.4

Exit Level Outcomes of the Extended Programme

The exit level outcomes for National Diploma: Engineering: Civil Extended Programme are the same as for the three year National Diploma programme [details are as indicated for that programme]. There are however, outcomes which the Extended Programme aims to re-enforce to better equip the students. These additional modules are introduced at S1 and S2 levels, hence the extended time period. The additional outcomes of the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil Extended Programme are: • To ensure students understand and are able to master the basic concepts of mathematics, physics and engineering science and their application which forms part of the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil programme. • To develop students computer skills in order to equip them for further academic studies. • To enhance and develop the students’ academic skills with particular emphasis on academic literacy as applicable to the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil programme. • To develop students’ life skills in order that they can use the tools (e.g. study and time management skills) in their studies.


66

10.6.2.5


10.6.2.5.1

Programme Academic Structure

For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Civil. 10.6.2.5.2

Academic Programme Structure

Courses on the academic programme is offered in terms of the Department of Higher Education Grant approval for offering of Extended Programme, which include foundation provision, which is in addition to the courses required as part of the academic structure as per the Departments of Education NATED 150/151 document for the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil. 10.6.2.5.3




In order to allow for foundational material to be integrated into the Diploma courses, the programme is extended by six months in both the first and second semester periods of study. For some courses the foundational provision is in the form of additional material necessary to facilitate the students understanding of the Diploma course material. In other courses the foundational provision is in the form of the extra time available in the extended programme. The extra time enables lecturers to spend longer on the very difficult sections of work, test more frequently to identify problem areas, revise at regular intervals and revisit problem areas as they are identified. This is very beneficial to Extended Programme students. After two years of receiving foundational support the students have had sufficient support to enable them to cope with the main stream Semester 3 and Semester 4 courses without further foundational support. 10.6.2.6


10.6.2.6.1


The minimum admission requirements are the same as for the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil (for details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Civil). 10.6.2.6.2


The initial selection of new students is based on an applicant’s NSC or Matric results. Students who do not gain direct acceptance, but who meets the minimum admission requirements are provisionally accepted. Students who do not gain direct acceptance are required to complete a set of three Standardised Assessment Tests (SATAPs), which comprise of Mathematics, Physical Science and English Proficiency. Each SATAP test takes 2 hours to complete. Results from SATAP tests and Matric/NSC symbols are then graded using a conversion scale. Grade 12/NSC results constitute 50% of the graded mark (other 50% forthcoming from SATAP’s). On completion of the SATS tests the applicants are rated according to their (graded) marks. Applicants who do not gain direct entry into the (mainstream) National Diploma programme are considered for enrolment into the Extended programme (on sites where the Extended programme is offered). Selection is based on the weighted marks obtained by applicants and 67 2014 PROSPECTUS

is subject to quota limitations. 10.6.2.6.3

Programme Rules




Progression Rules

10.6.2.6.5.1


Students should take note of the institutional rules G7-G11 on re-admission of students to undergraduate programmes. As provided for under institutional rules G8.1, G8.2. G9.1 & G9.2 the Department of Civil Engineering has set the criteria for re-admission for the ND: Civil Engineering Extended programme as per table in section 10.6.2.7.6.2 below. 10.6.2.6.6

Promotion Rule from Extended Programme at end of Year 1

Students who successfully complete all S1 courses after Year 1, and who obtain an aggregate of at least 70% for each of the courses listed below, will be eligible for consideration by the HOD, for promotion to the S2 main stream programme. [Courses: Drawing I, Construction Materials I, Surveying I, Applied Mechanics I, Mathematics I] 10.6.2.6.7

Exit Rules

10.6.2.6.7.1

Completion Rules

The Extended Programme forms part of National Diploma: Engineering: Civil qualification, of which the exit / completion details are described under the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil. 10.6.2.6.7.2

Exclusion Rules

Students should take specific note of the WSU’s General Rules & Regulations (specifically rules G7-G11) on re-admission and exclusion of students to undergraduate programmes. The specific rules on exclusion for the ND: Civil Engineering Extended programme is as follows: A student that progresses at a slower rate than that set out below, will be refused further readmission on the grounds of “poor academic performance” While student is enrolled in Extended programme (Level 1A & 1B): At the end of academic period (semesters) Minimum credits in theory subjects that student must have obtained*

1

2 55

3

4 100

Once student has progressed to mainstream programme (Level 2 & 3): At the end of academic period (semester)


1 68

2

3

4

5

6 120

Minimum credits in theory subjects that student must have obtained

150

180

210

240

WIL subjects (P1 & P2) - once student has progressed to mainstream programme For each academic period (semester) that student is enrolled

1

2

Minimum credits in WIL subjects that student must have obtained

60

120


Programmes offering

The Department of Civil Engineering currently offers the Extended Programme at both the College Street delivery site (Buffalo City) and the Ibika Delivery Site (Butterworth). 10.6.2.6.9


In order to allow for foundational material to be integrated into the Diploma courses, the programme is extended by six months in both the first and second semester periods of study. For some courses the foundational provision is in the form of additional material necessary to facilitate the students understanding of the Diploma course material. In other courses the foundational provision is in the form of the extra time available in the extended programme. The extra time enables lecturers to spend longer on the very difficult sections of work, test more frequently to identify problem areas, revise at regular intervals and revisit problem areas as they are identified. This is very beneficial to Extended Programme students. After two years of receiving foundational support the students have had sufficient support to enable them to cope with the regular Semester 3 and Semester 4 courses without further foundational support. Students on the Extended Programme enroll for the following courses, which all contains foundational provision

69

2014

PROSPECTUS

The National Diploma: Engineering: Civil Extended Programme is structured as follows: Level IA — 12 Months Course Drawing I Computer Skills I Construction Materials I Surveying (Civil) I Applied Mechanics I Mathematics I Communication Skills I Total credits for this period Level IB — 12 Months Course Construction Methods I Surveying (Civil) II Theory of Structures II Mathematics II Management Civil I Drawing II Total credits for this period

Code (Ibika/College) EWNG 1/0 ESKI 1/0 ECNS 1/0 ESVN 1/0 EPME 1/0 EATH 1/0 ECMM 1/0

Credit 10 (0,083) 10 (0,083) 10 (0,083) 10 (0,083) 10 (0,083) 10 (0,083) 5 (0,043) 65 (0,543)

Code (Ibika/College) ECNB 1/0 ESVG 2/0 ESTR 2/0 EATH 2/0 EMCI 1/0 EWNG 2/0

Credit 10 (0,083) 5 (0,043) 10 (0,083) 10 (0,083) 10 (0,083) 10 (0,083) 55 (0,457)

Level 2 (P1 & S3) and Level 3 (P2 & S4) of this programme are described under the same section for National Diploma: Engineering: Civil. Once a student on this programme progresses to S3 he/she follow the curriculum as is described for the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil. 10.6.2.6.10


The Work Integrated Learning component forms part Level 2 & 3 which the student has to comply with in terms of same rules as that of students on the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil qualification (for details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Civil). 10.6.2.6.11


The pre-requisites forms part Level 2 & 3 which the student has to comply with in terms of same rules as that of students on the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil qualification (for details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Civil). 10.6.2.6.12

Available electives

Not applicable under this programme. 10.6.2.6.13


The Extended Programme forms part of National Diploma: Engineering: Civil qualification, of which the exit / completion details are described under the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil.


70

10.6.2.6.14



Articulation

The Extended Programme forms part of National Diploma: Engineering: Civil qualification, of which the articulation details are described under the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil. 10.6.2.7


For details see relevant courses under same section under the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil. Note: Course codes are different (see curriculum above) as well as duration for completion of S1 and S2 courses in National Diploma: Engineering: Civil [Extended Programme], i.e. S1 and S2 are each of one year duration and includes foundational provision. >>

Foundation component of curriculum Equivalent to mainstream curriculum

APPLIED MECHANICS I Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration EPME 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Lectures per Pracs per Tutorials per Number of Notional hours week semester week weeks 5 x 45 min 3 X 3 hrs 1 x 45min 30 120 Review of the laws of forces. Content / Review of the laws of motion. Syllabus Review of the laws of fluids and gasses. >> Introduction to Forces - Statics and Kinematics. >> The Equilibrium of Concurrent Forces. >> The Equilibrium of Non Concurrent Forces. >> The Analysis of Pin Jointed Frames. >> Centroid and Centre of Gravity. >> Friction. >> Linear Motion. >> Force, Mass & Acceleration. >> Work, Energy & Power. Practical application in Civil engineering. >> Laboratory work Forces on beams. Friction on inclined planes. Bridge Building competition. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

71

2014

PROSPECTUS

CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS I Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration ECNS 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Lectures per Pracs per Tutorials per Number of Notional hours week semester week weeks 5 x 45 min. 3 X 3 hrs 1 x 45 min 30 120 Introduction to Engineering materials and terminology Content / Fundamentals of contextualized study skills Syllabus >> The Basics of Engineering Geology for Civil Engineering Students >> Building Construction for Civil Engineering Students >> Fundamentals of Concrete – set book Case studies on developments/disaster relating to construction & construction materials >> Reinforcing Steel in concrete works >> Structural Steel Sections and typical steel structures >> The Basics of Pipe Materials and Pipe Laying Materials >> Laboratory work *Purpose of lab work, interpretation of lab results and report writing *Slump Test *Concrete Cubes *Sieve analysis *Identification of Aggregates Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. COMPUTER SKILLS Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration ESKI 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Lectures per Pracs per Tutorials per Number of Notional hours week semester week weeks 3 x 45 min All practical 3 x 45 min 30 120 Introduction to the desktop computer – keyboard and monitor Content / application. Syllabus Fundamentals of the desktop computer – the menu. >> Basic Concepts of IT >> File Management. >> Word Processing. >> Spreadsheets. >> Presentations. >> Information and Communication. >> Compilation of technical reports. Fundamentals of Computer Aided Drawing >>

Practical work Continuous throughout the year. Presentation module Submission of a portfolio of work.


72

Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark is 50%. DRAWING I Course Code EWNG 1/0 Lectures per week 3 x 45 min Content / Syllabus

Course Name (see above) Pracs per week All >> >> >> >> >> >>

NQF Level Credits Duration 5 10 (0,083) Semester Tutorials per Number of Notional hours week weeks practical 3 x 45 min 30 120 Introduction to Technical drawing. Fundamentals of writing, lettering & freehand sketching. Introduction to Engineering drawing, drawing equipment, line work & lettering. Geometric constructions – freehand work. Geometric constructions – use of drawing equipment. Orthographic projections. Oblique and Isometric projections. Isometric projections. Fundamentals of Engineering Maps, Map work and practical application.

>> Drawing Office work Continuous throughout the year. Submission of a portfolio of work. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments. . Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark is 50%.

73

2014

PROSPECTUS

SURVEY (CIVIL) I Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration ESVN 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Lectures per Pracs per week Tutorials per Number of Notional hours week week weeks 3 x 45 min. 2 x 45 min 1 x 45 min 30 120 Content / Introduction to Engineering survey, terminology and equipment Syllabus Fundamentals of contextualized study skills and pre >> The Basics of Engineering Survey, Survey Tools & Equipment and the Basic principles of Setting Out for Engineering works. >> Survey Scales, Survey Plans and practical applications. >> The Survey Level Instrument, Levelling procedures and calculations. Review of the application of trigonomical mathematics principles in modules covered. >> Long Section & Cross Section Leveling, Calculations & Plotting, >> Gradients and Calculations. >> Introduction to Contours, Contour interpretation and use in practical applications. >> The Survey Theodolite, Setting Up over a survey station, and basic practical applications. Review of the application of light / lens theory principles in modules covered. >> The Basics of Traversing and Tacheometry using the Theodolite >> Introduction to the South African Co-ordinate System, coordinating Traverse Stations, calculation of Joins & Polars. >> Introduction to Global Positioning System instruments. >> Laboratory work) *Purpose of field work, degree of accuracy, interpretation of results and reporting *Field based taping project. *Field based levelling project *Field based Theodolite project Combined practical incorporation all of the above applications. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

MATHEMATICS I Course Code Course Name EATH 1/0 (see above) Lectures per Pracs per week week 4 x 45 min None



74



Content / Syllabus

>>

>> >>

>> >>

>> >>

>>

>>

>>

>>

Determinants & Cramer’s Rule Evaluation of a 2x2 matrix Evaluation of a 3x3 matrix Solving systems of linear equations by Cramer’s rule Significant Figures Measurements and SI units Changing the subject of an equation Revision of logs and exponents Angular and linear velocities Logs and Natural logs Logarithms and exponents Logarithmic rules Logarithmic and exponential equations Revision of trigonometry Trigonometry Use a calculator to evaluate trigonometric expressions Solve trigonometric equations on the interval [-π;π] or [ 0; 2π] Misconceptions in algebra and trigonometry; Calculator usage & general operational rules Statistics Introduction and terminology Graphical representation of data Organise data into frequency distribution. Plot graphs Statistics (continued) Numerical methods of data Calculate measures of central tendency Statistics (continued) Numerical methods of data Calculate measures of spread and dispersion Regression and Correlation Differential Calculus General rules, power rule, sum and difference rule, Chain Rule, Product rule and Quotient rule. Transcendental functions Higher Order Derivatives Logarithmic differentiation Implicit differentiation Revision of Graphs Applications of Differentiation: Derivative as a rate Curve sketching Optimization Integral Calculus The general power rule. Other integration formulas. The definite integral. Integral Calculus Applications of Integration

75

2014

PROSPECTUS

Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. CONSTRUCTION METHODS II Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration ECNB 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Lectures per Site visits per Tutorials per Number of Notional hours week semester week weeks 5 X 45 min. 3 X 6 hours 1 X 45 min. 30 120 Review of The Basics of Engineering Geology Content / Review of The Basics of Concrete Technology. Syllabus Review of Concrete Mix Design. >> A preview of SABS 1200 C, D, DM, ME,MF >> SABS 1200 C : Clearing the Site Case studies on practical applications – WiSeUp (Blackboard) assignment using Site based photographs. >> SABS 1200 D : Bulk Earthworks. >> A preview of SABS 1200 LB, LE, DB, & LE. >> Drainage Structures : Trenching & Pipework, Box Culverts, Formwork & Falsework. >> The Road Prism – Side Drainage and Layerworks ( with Compaction & Quality Assurance) Case studies on practical applications – WiSeUp (Blackboard) assignment using Site based photographs. >> The Road Surface – Surfacing and Road Marking. >> Field work Plant and Equipment identification & utilization. >> Local Site visit 1 >> Local Site visit 2 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.


76

COMMUNICATION Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration ECMM 1/0 (see above) 5 5 (0.042) Semester Lectures per Pracs. per week Tutorials per Number of Notional hours week week weeks 2 x 45 min. 2 x 45 min. 0 30 120 Academic literacy. Content / Computer literacy. Syllabus >> Process of Communication >> Organisational Communication >> Interpersonal Communication >> Non-verbal Communication >> Intercultural Communication. >> Reading Strategies in the Computer Laboratory >> Technical report writing in the Computer Laboratory Multimedia communication. >> Practical work Continuous throughout the year. Presentation module Submission of a portfolio of work. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. DRAWING II Course Code EWNG 2/0 Lectures per week 6 x 45 min Content / Syllabus

Course Name (see above)

NQF Level

Credits 10 (0,083)

Duration Semester

Pracs per Tutorials per Number of Notional hours semester week weeks All practical 2 x 45 min 30 120 Introduction to computer aided drawing. Fundamentals of the CAD menu. Fundamentals of the CAD windows, transferring, printing & saving drawings >> Geometric constructions – basic applications. >> Orthographic projections on CAD. >> Oblique and Isometric projections on CAD >> Structural Engineering Applications >> Civil Engineering Applications >> Prokon Design Application >>

Drawing Office work Continuous throughout the year. Submission of a portfolio of work.

77

2014

PROSPECTUS

Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on tests/ assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark is 50%. MANAGEMENT (CIVIL) I Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration EMCI 1/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Lectures per Pracs per week Tutorials per Number of Notional hours week week weeks 5 x 45 min None 1 x 45 min 30 120 Review of The Basics of Engineering Geology Content / Review of The Basics of Concrete Technology. Syllabus >> Theory of management >> Composition of the Civil Engineering Industry >> Parties involved in the Construction Process Types of Contracts >> Office and Site Administration >> Quality Control and Quality Assurance >> Productivity and Work Study >> Market Economics >> Costing and Cost Control Applications Case studies on practical applications – WiSeUp (Blackboard) assignment using Site documents >> Field work >> Local Site visit 1 >> Local Site visit 2 >> Local Site visit 2 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.


78

SURVEYING II Course Code ESVG 2/0 Lectures per week 3 x 45 min Content / Syllabus

Course Name (see above) Pracs per week

NQF Level Credits Duration 5 5 (0.042) Semester Tutorials per Number of Notional hours week weeks 2 x 45 min 1 x 45 min 30 120 Revision of SA Coordinate system. Revision of Traversing Revision of Joins & Polars >> Circular Curves – calculations and setting out procedure. >> Transitional Curves – calculations and setting out procedure. >> Vertical Curves – calculations and setting out procedure. >> Determinations of irregular areas. >> Determinations of irregular volumes >> Field work *Purpose of field work, degree of accuracy, interpretation of results and reporting *Field based taping project. *Field based levelling project *Field based Theodolite project Combined practical incorporation all of the above applications. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MATHEMATICS II Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration EATH 2/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Lectures per Pracs per week Tutorials per Number of Notional hours week week weeks 4 x 45 min None 2 x 45 min 30 120 Content / Theory: 1. Matrix Algebra 2. Hyperbolic functions 3. Partial Derivatives Syllabus and applications 4. Integration techniques and applications 5. Statistics: Probability theory, probability distributions, sample distributions, hypothesis testing Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

79

2014

PROSPECTUS

THEORY OF STRUCTURES II Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration ESTR 2/0 (see above) 5 10 (0,083) Semester Lectures per Pracs per Tutorials per Number of Notional hours week semester week weeks 5 x 45 min 3 x 3hrs 1 x 45 min 30 120 Content / Review of forces in frames. Syllabus Review of moments. Review of centroids & centre of Gravity >> Sectional Properties >> Stress and Strain >> Analysis of Statically Determinate Pin-Jointed Frames >> Analysis of Statically Determinate Beams >> Computer Analysis (where applicable) Practical application in Civil engineering. >> >> >> >>

Laboratory work Moment of Inertia Tensile Test Forces in Framework members Bridge Building competition

10.6.3

B Tech: Engineering: Civil

10.6.3.1




For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Civil, except that graduates will be able to perform work at the technologist level. 10.6.3.3


The purpose of the B Tech: Engineering: Civil is to train technologists who will meet the criteria for registration as a professional technologist by the Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA), and who will display competence as part of the engineering team in the execution of technical tasks under remote supervision by using and applying their knowledge in independent judgement in the identification and solution of complex civil engineering problems. This qualification is intended for technologist level employment in industry within the range of planning, design, construction and maintenance of civil engineering operations. Diplomats achieving this qualification should, after initial supervision, be able to apply engineering principles, techniques and instruments to systematically diagnose an solve broadly-defined civil engineering problems, perform procedural design functions of limited context, be able to use appropriate terminology, style and structure to communicate effectively with superiors and subordinates, apply management concepts to projects and operations and exhibit an awareness of ethics, professionalism, safety and consideration of the social and natural environment.


80

10.6.3.4


The programme’s exit level outcomes are aimed at providing graduates with the following attributes, skills, and competencies: • Ability to apply Civil Engineering principles to systematically diagnose and solve broadlydefined Civil Engineering problems. • Demonstrate the application of knowledge and the requisite skills in a Civil Engineering environment. • Perform procedural design of broadly-defined elements/components to meet desired needs. Solutions may be partially outside standards and codes and will require judgement that can be justified. • Communicate technical, supervisory and general management information effectively, both orally and in writing, using appropriate language, structure, style and graphical support. • Acquire knowledge of self-management principles and concepts for managing projects and/ or operations within the Civil Engineering environment, within the range: Maintenance, Operation, Development, Safety, Quality Assurance, and Environmental. The graduate achieving this qualification should therefore be able to: • Perform procedural design of broadly-defined elements/components to meet desired needs. • Follow developments in Civil Engineering and critique the status of current knowledge. • Apply the knowledge gained to new, broadly-defined, situations, both concrete and abstract, in the workplace/community. • Problems require identification and analysis, may be ill-posed and have a degree of uncertainty • Gather evidence from primary sources and journals using appropriate retrieval skills, and organise, synthesise and present the information professionally in a mode appropriate to the audience. • Use basic methods of enquiry in a Civil Engineering environment to contribute to a project. • Demonstrate the capacity to explore and exploit educational, entrepreneurial, and career opportunities, and to develop him/her professionally, including the ability to proceed to the BTech level. • Make independent decisions taking into account the relevant technical, economic, social, safety and environmental factors. • Work independently, as a member of a team and as a supervisor • Relate Civil Engineering activities to environmental, safety, cultural and economic sustainability. 10.6.3.5


This qualification has same Critical Cross-Field Outcomes as for National Diploma: Engineering: Civil. 10.6.3.6


10.6.3.6.1


The programme is offered in terms of the: • Formal Technikon Instructional Programmes in the RSA - NATED Report 151 (99/01) of Education NATED 150/151 document. • South African Qualifications Authority Registered Qualification: Bachelor of Technology: Engineering: Civil - SAQA 0480/09 - ID 80134 81 2014 PROSPECTUS

10.6.3.7


10.6.3.7.1


The minimum admission requirement is that candidates should have accumulated at least one year of appropriate post diploma experience and • (i) A revised National Diploma: Engineering: Civil (S-stream), or its equivalent OR • (ii) A National Higher Diploma: Civil Engineering (T4) with the appropriate courses at this level for the field of specialization the candidate wishes to pursue OR • (iii) A National Diploma: Civil Engineering (T3) with four (4) S4-level courses approved by the Head of Department and sufficient appropriate experience in lieu of the other two outstanding S4 courses. Newly qualified diplomats who wish to proceed directly to the B.Tech programme without the appropriate post diploma experience requirements may be admitted if they obtained an average of at least 60% in their Level 3 (P2 & S4) courses. However, admission is not automatic, as candidates will be selected on the basis of their proven academic record and post qualification professional experience. 10.6.3.7.2


See Minimum Admission Requirements above. 10.6.3.7.3

Programme Rules



For Admission Rules see the section on Admission Requirements above. In addition the Department will consider courses done at other Tertiary Institutions for exemption, in accordance with the Rules and Regulations of the University subject to the following criteria. If a student wishes to graduate from WSU but decides to enroll for one or more programme courses at another university, then the student must lodge a written application (through the HOD to Director of School) before registration at the other Institution. Students must take note of the institutional rules which state that: • Not more than 50 % of the courses in the qualification will be exempted in this way. • All exit level courses must be done at WSU. • Only in exceptional circumstances will recognition of one (1) exit level subject from another university be considered but such consideration is subject to a recommendation from the Department and approval thereof by Senate. • Any provisional approval by school/faculty is subject to final approval by Senate [also see WSU’s General Rules & Regulations]. Where the applicant cannot meet the criteria as is stipulated in this section, the applicant will be advised that the qualification cannot be awarded by WSU and that he/she should apply to graduate at the other Institution. Applications from students wishing to enrol for individual courses, which will not lead to the 82 SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

award of a qualification (i.e. enrol for non degree/diploma purposes) will only be considered after students wishing to study towards full degree/diploma qualifications have been accommodated, as enrolment is subject to space being available. Students coming from other higher education institutions are to be advised at admission, by the Head of Department that admission to the programme remains provisional and that at registration they are required to immediately apply for recognition of any credits which they wish to be considered. Approval of such applications is subject to the application for recognition of credits being approved by Senate. Where a student wish to apply to graduate the fully completed applications for recognition of credits, if it forms part of the grad application must be received by the HoD before 15th January (for May graduation event) and before 30 April (for September graduation event). Failure to comply with these requirements will result in non processing of applications and/or automatic de-registration of students. 10.6.3.7.5

Progression Rules

10.6.3.7.6


Refer to the institutional rules on re-admission of students. In addition to the above if a student fails the same course twice, the student is not allowed to re-register for the course. 10.6.3.7.7

Exit Rules

10.6.3.7.7.1

Completion Rules

Over and above the requirements as set out below an application for the award of a qualification will be scrutinised for compliance to the statutory requirements as is set out in NATED documents together with the requirements as is described in WSU’s General Rules & Regulations. The qualification will be awarded after completing 1 credit with courses as per course combination rules described under Curriculum section below. 10.6.3.7.8

Exclusion Rules

Refer to the WSU’s General Rules & Regulations for re-admission of existing students. The respective maximum permissible period of study for the BTech: Eng: Civil qualification, done on a Part-Time study basis is 4 years. After the maximum period students will not be allowed to register at the WSU. A student may appeal the decision to the Dean to reconsider his/her case. The Dean shall, through the Faculty Board, make a recommendation to the Senate. The Senate decision on the appeal shall be final. [also see Rule G8 of WSU’s General Rules & Regulations]. The specific rules on exclusion for the BTech: Civil Engineering is as follows: A student that progresses at a slower rate than that set out below, will be refused further readmission on the grounds of “poor academic performance” While student is enrolled in BTech Part time Programme At the end of academic period (semesters) 1 Minimum credits that student must have obtained 15

83

2 30

3 45

4 60

5 75

6 90

7 8 105 120

2014

PROSPECTUS

10.6.3.8

Programmes offering

The Department of Civil Engineering currently only offers the BTech programme from the College Street delivery site in East London, Buffalo City. 10.6.3.8.1

Courses

The curricula for the B Tech degree consists of 8 courses, 5 of which must be taken from one of the main specializations, i.e. there are 5 main/core courses in each specialization. The remaining 3 courses may be selected from the other specialization, but 1 of these elective courses must be Project Management IV. For each course the pre-requisite knowledge is documented and made available to prospective students. Students will thus be allowed into the B Tech programme at any point in the cycle of course offering, but the onus will be on the students to ensure that they gain the pre-requisite knowledge. The following programme structure is followed, subject to programme rules (see section 10.6.3.7.3). As the offering of courses are subject to resources being available the sequence of courses offered may be changed by the Department as is required by circumstances. Year

Semester

Year 1

1

Year 1

2

Year 2

1

Year 2

2

Specialisation Transportation Engineering POMA 4/0 PATE 4/0 TRTE 4/0 TREN 4/0 TRPL 4/0 UPDE 4/0 EADE 4/0 GEDE 4/0

Water Engineering POMA 4/0 IRRI 4/0 HYDR 4/0 WATT 4/0 HYLO 4/0 REDM 4/0 PRDE 4/0 WWTT 4/0

Number of courses offered 3 4 4 4

This programme is offered on a Part-Time, block format, which entails short periods of concentrated contact sessions at the university, alternating with longer periods of selfstudy away from the university. Two courses will be offered per specialization per semester period. Typically the format over a period of one (1) year would be as follows: Course

Contact Self Study Session 1

1st Semester Period Course 1 Course 2 2nd Semester Period Course 1 Course 2

A week in February Lectures

Assignment / A week Project in March Lectures and Test

A week in August Lectures

Assignment / A week in Assignment / A week in Assignment/ During Project September Project October Project November Lectures Lectures and Test and Test


Contact Self Study Session 2

Contact Self Study Session 3 Assignment / A week in Assignment/ Project April Project Lectures and Test

84

Final Evaluation During June

10.6.3.8.2

Curriculum

Specialisation: Transportation Engineering Course Geometric Design IV Pavement Technology IV Traffic Engineering IV Transportation Planning IV Transportation Technology IV Project Management IV Earthworks Design IV Urban Planning and Design IV

Code GEDE 4/0 PATE 4/0 TREN 4/0 TRPL 4/0 TRTE 4/0 POMA 4/0 EADE 4/0 UPDE 4/0

Credit 15 (0.125) 15 (0.125) 15 (0.125) 15 (0.125) 15 (0.125) 15 (0.125) 15 (0.125) 15 (0.125)

Type Core Core Core Core Core Compulsory Elective* Elective*

Electives may also be selected from other specialisation Specialisation: Water Engineering Course Hydraulics IV Hydrology IV Reticulation Design and Management IV Water Treatment Technology IV Waste Water Treatment Technology IV Project Management IV Irrigation IV Principles of Dam Engineering IV

Code HYDR 4/0 HYLO 4/0 REDM 4/0 WATT 4/0 WWTT 4/0 POMA 4/0 IRRI 4/0 PRDE 4/0

Credit 15 (0.125) 15 (0.125) 15 (0.125) 15 (0.125) 15 (0.125) 15 (0.125) 15 (0.125) 15 (0.125)

Type Core Core Core Core Core Compulsory Elective* Elective*

Electives may also be selected from the other specialisation 10.6.3.8.3




Course Pavement Technology IV 10.6.3.8.5

Pre-Requisite Earthworks Design IV

Available electives

See details under Curriculum section above. 10.6.3.8.6


See section on Completion Rules above.

85

2014

PROSPECTUS

10.6.3.8.7



Articulation

Vertical A candidacy programme toward registration as a Professional Engineering Technologist. For graduates with an appropriate level of achievement, the ability to enter NQF level 8 programmes and then proceed to masters degrees. In programmes designed for certificated engineers, the education base for achieving proficiency in mining / plant operations and occupational health and safety Horizontal Within WSU: Horizontal Articulation is possible with other B Tech qualifications offered by the university at NQF Level 7. Other Universities: Horizontal Articulation is possible by enrolment in B Tech qualifications offered by such institutions, subject to the relevant institution’s admission requirements. Professional Articulation: After graduation a candidacy programme toward registration as a Professional Engineering Technologist can be followed as per conditions laid down by the Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA). 10.6.3.9


GEOMETRIC DESIGN IV Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration GEDE 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester Lectures per Projects per semester Consultation per Number of weeks Notional hours semester semester 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs 15 150 Content / 1. Principles and practice of road alignment; 2. Environmental impact control; Syllabus 3. Design control and criteria; 4. Elements of design (geometrics, safety); 5. Intersection and interchange design; 6. Drainage design; 7. Earthworks design; 8. Design project(s) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. PAVEMENT TECHNOLOGY IV Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration PATE 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester Lectures per Projects per Consultation per Number of weeks Notional hours semester semester semester 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs 15 150 Content / 1. Pavement design (factors, flexible and rigid pavements); 2. Pavement Syllabus construction details (paved and unpaved roads); 3. Pavement repair details (evaluation, rehabilitation, safety); 4. Pavement management and periodic routine work; 5. Project(s)


86

Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. TRAFFIC ENGINEERING IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration TREN 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester Lectures per Projects per Consultation per Number of weeks Notional hours semester semester semester 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs 15 150 Content / 1. Introduction to traffic engineering; 2. Traffic surveys; 3. Traffic characteristics Syllabus and flow theory; 4. Traffic design; 5. Traffic management and urban works; 6. Traffic safety; 7. Statistical methods and analysis; 8. Parking studies, systems and structures; 9. TSM, TDM traffic impact studies. 10. Traffic control and forms of signing; 11. Signals and ATC systems; 12. Interchange and intersection capacities; 13. Practical applications; 14. Project(s) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. TRANSPORTATION PLANNING IV Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration TRPL 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester Lectures per Projects per Consultation per Number of weeks Notional hours semester semester semester 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs 15 150 Content / Syllabus 1. Planning theory and techniques; 2. Transport models; 3. Data collection; 4. Evaluation; 5. Land use planning and characteristics; 6. Development control; 7. Operation studies; 8. Environmental route selection; 9. Traffic impact assessment; 10. Project(s) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. TRANSPORTATION TECHNOLOGY IV Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration TRTE 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester Lectures per Projects per semester Consultation per Number of weeks Notional hours semester semester 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs 15 150 Content / 1. Transport policies; 2. Transportation systems; 3. Terminals; 4. Public transport; Syllabus 5. Private transport; 6. Freight transport; 7. Vehicle and driver characteristics; 8. Project(s) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

87

2014

PROSPECTUS

EARTHWORKS DESIGN IV Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration EADE 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester Lectures per Projects per Consultation per Number of weeks Notional hours semester semester semester 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs 15 150 Content / 1. Materials selection; 2. Design and construction of embankments; 3. Design Syllabus and construction of cuttings; 4. Environmental impact control; 5. Problem soils; 6. Compaction equipment and techniques; 7. Project(s) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. URBAN PLANNING AND DESIGN IV Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration UPDE 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester Lectures per Projects per Consultation per Number of weeks Notional hours semester semester semester 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs 15 150 Content / 1. Materials selection; 2. Design and construction of embankments; 3. Design Syllabus and construction of cuttings; 4. Environmental impact control; 5. Problem soils; 6. Compaction equipment and techniques; 7. Project(s) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. PROJECT MANAGEMENT IV Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration POMA 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester Lectures per semester Projects per Consultation per Number of weeks Notional hours semester semester 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs 15 150 Content / Syllabus 1. Planning of projects; 2. Management of projects; 3. Quality and time management; 4. Management systems; 5. Computer applications; 6. Project(s); Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. HYDRAULICS IV Course Code HYDR 4/0 Lectures per semester 9 x 8hrs

Course Name (see above) Projects per semester 3 x 2 hrs

NQF Level 7 Consultation per semester 1 x 2 hrs

Content / Syllabus



15

150

1. Hydrostatics; 2. Hydrodynamics; 3. Hydraulic machinery; 4. Hydraulic models; 5. Open channel hydraulics; 6. Fluvial hydraulics; 7. Wave hydraulics; 8. Project(s) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.


88

HYDROLOGY IV Course Code HYLO 4/0 Lectures per semester 9 x 8hrs Content / Syllabus

Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester Projects per Consultation per Number of weeks Notional hours semester semester 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs 15 150 1. Introduction to meteorology; 2. Surface water; 3. Ground water; 4. Flood analysis; 5. Water resources analysis; 6. S.A. hydrology; 7. Project(s) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. RETICULATION DESIGN AND MANAGEMENT IV Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration REDM 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester Lectures per Projects per semester Consultation per Number of weeks Notional hours semester semester 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs 15 150 Content / This course covers water, wastewater (sewer) and stormwater reticulation system Syllabus design and management: 1. Hydraulic principles; 2. Design parameters; 3. Ancillary works; 4. Pumping installations; 5. System operation; 6. Water management; 7. Waste management; 8. Environmental aspects; 9. Design project(s) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. WATER TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY IV Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration WATT 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester Lectures per Projects per Consultation per Number of weeks Notional hours semester semester semester 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs 15 150 Content / 1. Water properties; 2. Treatment processes; 3. Treatment plant design; Syllabus 4. Environmental aspects. 5. Plant operation; 6. Design project(s) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. WASTE WATER TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY IV Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration WWTT 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester Lectures per semester Projects per Consultation per Number of weeks Notional semester semester hours 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs 15 150 Content / Syllabus 1. Waste water properties; 2. Treatment processes; 3. Treatment plant design; 4. Environmental aspects; 5. Plant operation; 6. Design project(s) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

89

2014

PROSPECTUS

IRRIGATION IV Course Code IRRI 4/0 Lectures per semester 9 x 8hrs Content / Syllabus

Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester Projects per Consultation per Number of weeks Notional hours semester semester 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs 15 150 1. Soil / Water / Plant relations; 2. Types of systems; 3. Irrigation scheduling; 4. Irrigation design (feasibility studies); 5. Irrigation in S.A.; 6. Environmental impact of irrigation; 7. Design project(s) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. PRINCIPLES OF DAM ENGINEERING IV Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration PRDE 4/0 (see above) 7 15 (0.125) Semester Lectures per Projects per Consultation per Number of weeks Notional hours semester semester semester 9 x 8hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs 15 150 Content / Syllabus 1. Hydrological aspects; 2. Hydraulic aspects; 3. Structural aspects; 4. Economics; 5. Dam safety. 6. Environmental impact assessment; 7. Project(s) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

11. DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONICS & COMPUTER ENGINEERING 11.1

Information about Department

The Department of Electrical, Electronics and Computer Engineering strives towards improving its leadership role in the higher education sector, with specific reference to the application of technology in the planning, design, construction and maintenance of engineering aspects that relate to the electrical engineering industry. It promotes excellence in appropriate research and application of technology, and offers career orientated diploma and degree programmes, in consonant with the requirements of the Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA), South African Qualifications Authority (SAQA), Council for Higher Education (CHE) and the Higher Education Quality Committee (HEQC). Its programmes are designed to be relevant to the socio-economic needs of the region, the continent and the sub-continent in which it is located. The following is a summary of programmes that are offered by the Department of Electrical Engineering. Department

Programmes offered

Duration

Electrical, Electronic and ND: Engineering: Electrical, Extended 4yrs Computer Engineering Programme ND: Engineering: Electrical 3yrs B Tech: Engineering: Electrical


90

2yrs (Part Time)

Delivery Sites Ibika, College Ibika, College College

11.2

Accreditation Status of Delivery Sites where programme is offered

As a statutory body, constituted in terms of the Engineering Profession of South Africa Act, 46 of 2000, ECSA has the power of setting and auditing of academic standards for purposes of registration through a process of accreditation of engineering programmes at universities. Following an ECSA visit in August 2011 ECSA has made the following resolutions regarding the accreditation status of programmes offered by the Department of Electrical Engineering. 11.2.1 College Street Delivery Site National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical - accredited until end of 2014, which is the end of the current accreditation cycle. Bachelor Technology: Engineering: Electrical - The Department received an accreditation visit from ECSA in August 2012 and the programme received provisional accreditation until the next regular visit. 11.2.2 Ibika Delivery Site National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical - accredited until end of 2014, which is the end of the current accreditation cycle. 11.3


The Department strives to be a creative and innovative component of WSU capable of producing technologically qualified graduates that are responsive to the social and economical needs of the country. • Engage in community related research as a support to the public and private sector of the country. • Recruit and utilise the services of technologically qualified academic staff in order to alleviate the country’s critical scarce skills. • Produce a new generation of highly qualified and entrepreneurial oriented graduates capable of improving production and lives of industry, commerce and society in the country. 11.4 • •


Working closely with the community and with the essential support of the government, public and private sectors, it seeks to produce graduates capable of dynamic participation in the economic and environmental development of the region and beyond. Through a commitment to service excellence, staff development and the maximum use of human and physical resources, the department strives to unite students, staff and employers in the common goal of improving the quality of life for all.

11.5

Student Societies in Department

The Society of Electrical Engineering Students (SEES) is a student initiative and is managed by the students for the educational well-being of the students. The Electrical Engineering Society strives to: • Integrate all Electrical Engineering student activities. • Develop close relations with appropriate professional organizations. • Recognise the achievements of members through team projects. • Build a database of fellow Electrical Engineering students. • Encourage career development and support from industry. 91

2014

PROSPECTUS

• •

Be a voice for all Electrical Engineering students. Be non political and non-discriminatory in the conduct of Society affairs.

Aims and Objectives of the Electrical Engineering Society • To integrate all Engineering students and promote a spirit of unity in the Electrical Engineering Department of Walter Sisulu University. • To develop its members not only academically but also with other aspects relating to career and entrepreneurship development. • To take up needs and demands of Electrical Engineering students of Walter Sisulu University with acknowledgement of the SRC. • To strive for the development and growth of the Electrical Engineering Department of Walter Sisulu University. 11.6


11.6.1

National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical

11.6.1.1


It is part of the department of electrical engineering’s mission to instil entrepreneurial skills in our graduates to support their academic talents. Therefore compulsory ongoing entrepreneurial exposure will be presented via successful local business people and other entrepreneurial experts. Business principles will permeate throughout the programme on an informal basis. The department of electrical engineering also encourages students and staff to become members of the various professional and institutional bodies. While studying towards the diploma qualification, students are encouraged to join various institutions and professional bodies. More information is available from the head of the department. Students are encouraged to visit the ECSA and SAIEE websites for more information. The process of professional development of a professional engineering technician starts with the attainment of a qualification that meets this standard. After graduation a programme of training and experience is completed to attain the competencies for professional registration. 11.6.1.2


In general, diplomates can work in the following branches of Electrical engineering: Planning and design, Construction, Project Management and Maintenance of facilities and infrastructure. Specialization fields in Electrical engineering include positions in: • Generation, transmission, distribution and the utilisation of electrical energy • Automotive electronics • Cellular communication networks • Control, manufacturing and automation • Science, Engineering Technological teaching and learning environment • Information and Communication Technology 11.6.1.2.1

Who will employ a diplomate?

Consulting firms in private practice; government and provincial departments (e.g. Department of and Public Works); local authorities (e.g. Buffalo City Municipality); Parastatal and Utilities (e.g. Iscor, Sasol, Eskom); Research organisations (e.g. CSIR); Tertiary education institutions (e.g. universities).


92

11.6.1.3


The purpose of the National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical is to train technicians who will meet the criteria for registration as a professional technician by the Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA), and who will display competence as part of the engineering team in the execution of technical tasks under remote supervision by using and applying their knowledge in independent judgement in the identification and solution of complex Electrical Engineering problems. This qualification is intended for technician level employment in industry within the range of planning, design, construction and maintenance of Electrical Engineering operations. Diplomats achieving this qualification should, after initial supervision, be able to apply engineering principles, techniques and instruments to systematically diagnose and solve well-defined Electrical Engineering problems, perform procedural design functions of limited context, be able to use appropriate terminology, style and structure to communicate effectively with superiors and subordinates, apply management concepts to projects and operations and exhibit an awareness of ethics, professionalism, safety and consideration of the social and natural environment. 11.6.1.4


The programme’s exit level outcomes are aimed at providing graduates with the following attributes, skills, and competencies: • Ability to apply Electrical Engineering principles to systematically diagnose and solve welldefined Electrical Engineering problems. • Demonstrate the application of knowledge and the requisite skills in a Electrical Engineering environment. • Perform procedural design of well-defined elements/components to meet desired needs within applicable standards, codes of practice and legislation. • Communicate technical, supervisory and general management information effectively, both orally and in writing, using appropriate language, structure, style and graphical support. • Acquire knowledge of self-management principles and concepts for managing projects and/or operations within the Electrical Engineering environment, within the range: Maintenance, Operation, Development, Safety, Quality Assurance, and Environmental. The graduate achieving this qualification should therefore be able to: • Perform procedural design of well-defined elements/components to meet desired needs within applicable standards, codes of practice and legislation. • Follow developments in Electrical Engineering and critique the status of current knowledge. • Apply the knowledge gained to new, well-defined, situations, both concrete and abstract, in the workplace/community. • Gather evidence from primary sources and journals using appropriate retrieval skills, and organise, synthesise and present the information professionally in a mode appropriate to the audience. • Use basic methods of enquiry in a Electrical Engineering environment to contribute to a project. • Demonstrate the capacity to explore and exploit educational, entrepreneurial, and career opportunities, and to develop him/her professionally, including the ability to proceed to the BTech level. • Make independent decisions taking into account the relevant technical, economic, social, safety and environmental factors. • Work independently, as a member of a team and as a supervisor. • Relate Electrical Engineering activities to environmental, safety, cultural and economic sustainability. 93 2014 PROSPECTUS

11.6.1.5


This qualification promotes, in particular, the following Critical Cross-Field Outcomes: In the problem solving process, the learner is expected to be both creative and critical. Working effectively with others as a member of a group, organization and community, e.g. demonstrate effectiveness in: • individual work and the ability to function in a team situation. • communication, including receiving advice from supervisors. • Self management by organizing and managing oneself and one’s activities responsibly and effectively; • Collecting, analyzing, organizing and critically evaluating information. • Communicating effectively using visual, mathematical and / or language skills in the modes of oral and / or written persuasion when presenting design and investigations. • Using science and technology effectively and critically, showing responsibility towards the environment and health of others. • Demonstrating and understanding of the world as a set of related systems by recognizing that problem-solving contexts do not exist in isolation by taking technical, social, economic, environmental factors into account. 11.6.1.6


11.6.1.6.1

Basis For Programme Academic Structure

The programme is offered in terms of the: • Formal Technikon Instructional Programmes in the RSA - NATED Report 151 (99/01) • South African Qualifications Authority Registered Qualification: National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical - SAQA 0480/09 - ID 80160 11.6.1.6.2


The programme is career orientated because academic study is combined with related projects and in-service training in industry. The Electrical Engineering courses are developed cooperatively using inputs from both academic and industrial sources on a continuous basis. 11.6.1.6.3


One of the objectives of the programme is to make the theory covered under the coursework more meaningful, and therefore improve the skills of students through on-site “hands-on” work exposure. To achieve this, practical demonstrations and site visits are arranged during the course. This exercise has proved popular and beneficial to students as it enables the students who participate to broaden their understanding of the various engineering fields; it also provides students with a real “feel” of engineering. 11.6.1.6.4


Learning activities are structured in a way that focuses the students learning experiences and creates opportunity for development via feedback. Students must be prepared to work independently using their own initiative in order to develop the ability to reason methodically and think creatively.


94

11.6.1.7


11.6.1.7.1


National Senior Certificate Accumulated Required NSC Subjects Point Score (Compulsory)

Recommended Other NSC Subjects (Not Compulsory) NSC achievement rating Engineering Minimum statutory 30 graphics and design NSC requirements for of at least 3 (40-49%) Electrical diploma entry must for English at a Home Language or First Additional Technology be met. Language level Applicants are NSC Achievement rating required to participate in National of at least 4 (50-59%) for Mathematics (not Benchmarking and Mathematics Literacy) SATAPS Tests NSC achievement rating of at least 4 (50-59%) for Physical Sciences. Grade 12/ Matric Senior Certificate Requirement: An E-symbol for English (2nd language) on the Higher Grade. In addition, an E-symbol on the Higher Grade or a D-symbol on the Standard Grade for Mathematics and Physical Science. If the symbol attained for only one of either Mathematics or Physical Science is one symbol below the requirement, the students may be referred to the National Diploma: Engineering (Extended Programme) (see minimum admissions requirements for extended programme). FET Colleges National Certificate Requirement: An N3 certificate with C-symbols for at least four courses including Mathematics and Engineering Science or a D-symbol at N4 level as well as the language requirements as specified for the Senior Certificate. National Certificate (Vocational) Level 4: Requirements as defined in Government Gazette 32743 dated 26th November 2009 with specific requirements as set out below: • Must meet NC(V) level 4 statutory requirements • Must obtain 50% in the three fundamental subjects which in the case of this programme are required to be: * English, as it is the university’s language of learning and teaching (LOTL); * Mathematics (not Mathematics Literacy) * Life Orientation • 50% in Physical Science • 60% for three of the following compulsory vocational modules (in any combination): * Electrical Principles and Practice * Electrical Workmanship * Electronic Control and Digital Electronics * Electrical Systems and Construction * Electro-technology All NC(V) 4 applicants are required to participate and perform satisfactorily in the Placement Tests (SATAPS/NBT’s) as is conducted by the department. 95

2014

PROSPECTUS

Recognition of prior learning (RPL) RPL may be used to demonstrate competence for admission to this programme. This qualification may be achieved in part through recognition of prior learning processes. Credits achieved by RPL must not exceed 50% of the total credits and must not include credits at the exit level. • The provision that the qualification may be obtained through the recognition of prior learning, facilitates access to an education, training and career path in engineering and thus accelerates the redress of past unfair discrimination in education, training and employment opportunities. • Evidence of prior learning must be assessed through formal RPL processes through recognized methods. Any other evidence of prior learning should be assessed through formal RPL processes to recognize achievement thereof. • Learners submitting themselves for RPL should be thoroughly briefed prior to the assessment and will be required to submit a Portfolio of Evidence (PoE) in the prescribed format to be assessed for formal recognition. While this is primarily a workplace-based qualification, evidence from other areas of learning may be introduced if pertinent to any of the Exit Level Outcomes (ELOs). • The structure of this non-unit standard based qualification makes RPL possible, if the learner is able to demonstrate competence in the knowledge, skills, values and attitudes implicit in this first stage engineering qualification. • Learners who already work in the engineering industry who believe they possess competencies to enable them to meet some or all of the ELOs listed in the qualification will be able to present themselves for assessment against those of their choice. International Students Applications from international students are considered in terms of: • HESA/Institutional guideline document, “Exemption Requirements: Foreign School Qualifications” • institutional equivalence reference document • (where required) submission of international qualification to SAQA for benchmarking in terms of HEQF Mature Age Endorsement Refer to requirements as per WSU’s General Rules & Regulations 11.6.1.7.2


The initial selection of new students is based on an applicant’s NSC or Matric results. Where an applicant has symbols one level above the minimum admission requirement for Maths and Science such an applicant will be offered direct enrolment. Students offered direct enrolment will however be required to participate in Standardised Assessment Tests (SATAPs), but in such cases the results will only be used for diagnostic evaluation. Students who do not gain direct enrolment, but who meets the basic requirements are provisionally accepted. Such students are required to complete a set of three SATAP tests, which comprise of Mathematics, Physical Science and English Proficiency. Each SATAP test takes 2 hours to complete. Results from SATAP tests and NSC/Matric symbols are then graded using a conversion scale. Grade 12/NSC results constitute 50% of the graded mark (other 50% forthcoming from SATAP’s).


96

On completion of the SATS tests the applicants are rated according to their (graded) marks. Those with highest marks will be offered direct enrolment into the National Diploma programme, at the campus where they have applied. All enrolments are subject to quota limitations. 11.6.1.7.3

Programme Rules

As for School rules (see section 8) 11.6.1.7.4


For Admission Rules see the section on Admission Requirements above. In addition the Department will consider courses done at other Tertiary Institutions for exemption, in accordance with the Rules and Regulations of the University subject to the following criteria. If a student wishes to graduate from WSU but decides to enroll for one or more programme courses at another university, then the student must lodge a written application (through the HOD to Director of School) before registration at the other Institution. Students must take note of the institutional rules which state that: • Not more than 50 % of the courses in the qualification will be exempted in this way. • All exit level courses must be done at WSU. • Only in exceptional circumstances will recognition of one (1) exit level subject from another university be considered but such consideration is subject to a recommendation from the Department and approval thereof by Senate. • Any provisional approval by school/faculty is subject to final approval by Senate [also see WSU’s General Rules & Regulations]. Where the applicant cannot meet the criteria as is stipulated in this section, the applicant will be advised that the qualification cannot be awarded by WSU and that he/she should apply to graduate at the other Institution. Applications from students wishing to enroll for individual courses, which will not lead to the award of a qualification (i.e. enroll for non degree/diploma purposes) will only be considered after students wishing to study towards full degree/diploma qualifications have been accommodated, as enrolment is subject to space being available. Students coming from other higher education institutions are to be advised at admission, by the Head of Department that admission to the programme remains provisional and that at registration they are required to immediately apply for recognition of any credits which they wish to be considered. Approval of such applications is subject to the application for recognition of credits being approved by Senate. Where a student wishes to apply to graduate the fully completed applications for recognition of credits, if it forms part of the grad application must be received by the HoD before 15th January (for May graduation event) and before 30 April (for September graduation event). Failure to comply with these requirements will result in non processing of applications and/or automatic de-registration of students. 11.6.1.7.5

Progression Rules

11.6.1.7.5.1


Students should take note of the institutional rules G7-G11 on re-admission of students to undergraduate programmes. As provided for under institutional rules G8.1, G8.2. G9.1 & G9.2 the Department of Civil Engineering has set the criteria for re-admission for the ND: Electrical Engineering programme as per table in section 11.6.1.7.6.2 below. 97 2014 PROSPECTUS

11.6.1.7.5.2 • •

• •

Registration requirements that must be

First time entering students must enroll for all the required courses at that level (i.e. at S1/ Level 1A). If a student fails courses spanning multiple levels then the student must firstly enroll for the courses at the lower level. Consideration for enrolment of courses at the higher level will only be considered if the pre-requisite criteria for these courses are met AND if there are no timetable clashes. A student will not be allowed to jump levels or enroll for courses at more than two levels (e.g. a student with S1 courses outstanding cannot enroll for S3 courses but will be required to complete the S1 first). The Head of Department may limit the number of courses that a student may enroll for may when poor academic progress is evident.

11.6.1.7.6

Exit Rules

11.6.1.7.6.1

Completion Rules

Over and above the requirements as set out below an application for the award of a qualification will be scrutinised for compliance to the statutory requirements as is set out in NATED documents together with the requirements as is described in WSU’s General Rules & Regulations. The qualification will be awarded after completing 360 SAQA credits (3 NATED credits) with: 120 SAQA credits (1 NATED credits) credit obtained from the two compulsory in-service training course offerings 240 SAQA credits (2 NATED credits) credits obtained from the listed instructional offerings with at least 72 SAQA credits (0,6 NATED credits) obtained from level III instructional offerings. 11.6.1.7.6.2

Exclusion Rules

Students should take note of the institutional rules G7-G11 on re-admission of students to undergraduate programmes. As provided for under institutional rules G8.1, 8.2. 9.1 & 9.2 the Department of Electrical Engineering has set the following criteria for re-admission. The specific rules on exclusion for the ND: Civil Engineering programme is as follows: A student that progresses at a slower rate than that set out below, will be refused further readmission on the grounds of “poor academic performance” Theory subjects (Levels 1, 2 & 3): At the end of academic period (semester) Minimum credits in theory subjects that student must have obtained

1 36

2 60

3 96

4 5 6 7 8 120 156 180 216 240

WIL subjects (P1 & P2) For each academic period (semester) that student is enrolled

1

2


60

120

Notes: Credits refer to SAQA credits Academic period refers to each semester that the student was enrolled


98

Registration requirements that must be met a. First time entering students must enroll for all the required courses at that level (i.e. at S1/ Level 1A). b. If a student fails courses spanning multiple levels then the student must firstly enroll for the courses at the lower level. Consideration for enrolment of courses at the higher level will only be considered if the pre-requisite criteria for these courses are met AND if there are no timetable clashes. c. A student will not be allowed to jump levels or enroll for courses at more than two levels (e.g. a student with S1 courses outstanding cannot enroll for S3 courses but will be required to complete the S1 first). d. The Head of Department may limit the number of courses that a student may enroll for may when poor academic progress is evident. 11.6.1.7.7

Programmes offering

The Department of Electrical Engineering currently operates from the College Street Delivery Site in East London, Buffalo City, as well as the Ibika Delivery Site at Butterworth. Different sites offer different components of the programme as detailed below: Portion of Programme College Street Delivery Site Ibika Delivery Site Offered in 1st semester S1: Main Stream Offered in 1st and 2nd semester st nd Offered in 2nd semester S2: Main Stream Offered in 1 and 2 semester st nd Offered in 1st semester S3: Main Stream Offered in 1 and 2 semester Offered in 2nd semester S4: Main Stream Offered in 1st and 2nd semester Electrical Engineering Industry based: Enrolment in 1st Industry based: Enrolment in and 2nd semester 1st and 2nd semester Practice I Electrical Engineering Industry based: Enrolment in 1st Industry based: Enrolment in and 2nd semester 1st and 2nd semester Practice II The offerings as described above are subject to change and are dependent on viable student enrolment numbers being met (as determined by HOD) and all physical and human resources being available. The table below must be read in conjunction with the ‘Programme Delivery Sites’ table above. 11.6.1.7.8


Power Systems Engineering S1 — 6 Months Course Communication Skills I Computer Skills I Digital Systems I Electronics I Electrical Engineering I Mathematics I S2 — 6 Months Course Digital Systems II

Code COMM 1/0 CSKI 1/0 DSYS 1/0 ETRO 1/0 EENE 1/0 MATH 1/0

Credit Pre- Requisite 0,05 0,05 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1

Code DSYS 2/0

Credit 0,1 99

Pre- Requisite Digital Systems I

2014

PROSPECTUS

Electronics II

ETR0 2/0

0,1

Electrical Engineering II

EENE 2/0

0,1

Mathematics II Projects I

MATH 2/0 PROJ 1/0

0,1 0,1

Programming I

EPRG 1/0

0,1

P1 — 6 Months in Industry Course Code Electrical Engineering EEPR 1/0 Practice I S3 — 6 Months Course Code Digital Systems III DSYS 3/0 Electrical Engineering III EENE 3/0 Electrical Machines II EMAC 2/0 Industrial Electronics II INDE 2/0

Credit 0,5

Credit 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1

Mathematics III S4 — 6 Months Course Control Systems II Design Project III Electrical Distribution III

MATH 3/0

0,1

Code COSB 2/0 DPRO 3/0 EDST 3/0

Credit 0,1 0,1 0,1

Electrical Machines III

EMAC 3/0

0,1

Electrical Protection III

EPRO 3/0

0,1

P2 — 6 Months in Industry Course Code Electrical Engineering EEPR 2/0 Practice II

Credit 0,5

Electronics I, Electrical Engineering I Electrical Engineering I, Mathematics I Mathematics I Electronics I, Electrical Engineering I Computer Skills I (where applicable) Pre- Requisite S2 should be completed to attempt P1 Pre- Requisite Digital Systems II, Programming I Electrical Engineering II Electrical Engineering II Electrical Engineering II, Electronics II Mathematics II Pre- Requisite Concurrently doing Mathematics III At least 1,5 credits Electrical Engineering II, Electrical Machines II Electrical Engineering II, Electrical Machines II Electrical Engineering III or Electrical II and Machines II Pre- Requisite S4 must have been successfully completed or partially completed

Communication Systems Engineering S1 — 6 Months [as for Power Systems Engineering] S2 — 6 Months [as for Power Systems Engineering] P1 — 6 Months in Industry Course Code Credit Pre- Requisite Electrical Engineering EEPR113/4 0,5 S2 must have been successfully Practice I completed


100

S3 — 6 Months Course Digital Systems III Electronic Communication II Electronics III Mathematics III Network Systems II S4 — 6 Months Course Digital Communication II Design Project III Electronic Applications III Microwave Communications III Radio Engineering III

Code DSYS 3

Credit 0,1

ECOM 2

0,1

ETRO 3/0 MATH 3/0 NSYS 2/0

0,1 0,1 0,1

Code DIGC 2/0

Credit 0,1

DPRO 3/0 Not offered

0,1 0,1

MCC3113/4

0,1

RANG 3/0

0,1

P2 - 6 Months in Industy Course Code Electronic Engineering EETR 2/0 Practice II

Credit 0,5

Pre- Requisite Digital Systems II, Programming I Electronics II, Electrical Engineering II, Mathematics II Electronics II Mathematics II Digital Systems II, Electronics II Pre- Requisite Network Systems II or Electronic Comms II and Maths III At least 1,5 credits Electronics II Electronic Communications II, Electronics III Electronic Communications II, Electronics III (Co-requisite) Pre-Requisite S4 must have been successfully completed or partially completed.

Computer Network Systems Engineering S1 — 6 Months [as for Power Systems Engineering] S2 — 6 Months [as for Power Systems Engineering] P1 — 6 Months in Industry Course Code Credit Electrical Engineering EEPR 1/0 0,5 Practice I S3 - 6 Months Course Code Credit Digital Systems III DSYS 3/0 0,1 Electronics III Mathematics III Network Systems II Programming II S4 - 6 Months Course Control Systems II

ETRA 3/0 MATH 3/0 NSYS 2/0 EPRG 2/0

0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1

Code COSB 2/0

Credit 0,1 101

Pre- Requisite S2 must have been successfully completed. Pre-Requisite Digital Systems II, Programming I Electronics II Mathematics II Digital Systems II, Electronics II Programming I Pre-Requisite Concurrently doing Mathematics III

2014

PROSPECTUS

Digital Communication II

DIGC 2/0

0,1

Design Project III Network Systems III Programming III Television III

DPRO 3/0 NSYS 3/0 EPRG 3/0 TELV 3/0

0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1

P2 - 6 Months in Industry Course Code Electronic Engineering EETR 2/0 Practice II 11.6.1.7.9

Credit 0,5

Network Systems II or Electronic Comms II and Maths III At least 1,5 credits Network Systems II Programming II Electronics III, Electronic Comms II, Electronics III (Corequisite) Pre-Requisite S4 must have been successfully completed or partially completed.


To fulfill the requirements of the National Diploma a student must complete at least one year of applicable experiential learning. In the curriculum the experiential learning has been divided into two semester modules namely Electrical/Electronics Engineering Practice 1 and Electrical/Electronics Engineering Practice 2. A manual outlining the requirements for successful completion of this component of the curriculum is obtainable from the Co-operative Education department. The set out curricula for each of the disciplines, previously listed, is the ideal suggested progression. In some cases this may not be possible and then the following should apply: Courses Electrical Engineering Practice I Electrical / Electronic Engineering Practice II 11.6.1.7.10

Pre-Requisite S2 must have been successfully completed. S4 must have been successfully completed or partially completed.

Available electives

See above. 11.6.1.7.11




Students are referred to the Walter Sisulu University institutional Fee Booklet for costs of tuition fees, application fees, registration fees, late registration-fees and other student fees.


102

11.6.1.7.13

Articulation

Vertical Vertical Articulation is possible with: Bachelor of Engineering Technology, NQF Level 7. The Exit Level Outcomes ensure that a graduate of a programme meeting these standards would meet requirements for entry to a number of programmes including: A candidacy programme toward registration as a Professional Engineering Technician. A Studentship programme directed at becoming registered as a Professional Engineering Technician or meeting other industry requirements. Formal specialist study toward the B.Eng Tech. Horizontal Within WSU: Horizontal Articulation is possible with NQF Level 6 qualifications offered by WSU, e.g. Diploma in Management, NQF Level 6, subject to the admission requirements of that qualification. Other Universities: Horizontal Articulation is possible with NQF Level 6 qualifications offered by other universities, subject to the relevant institution’s admission requirements. Professional Articulation: After graduation a candidacy programme toward registration as a Professional Engineering Technician can be followed as laid down by Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA). 11.6.1.8 Core Syllabi of Courses Offered Note: Course Codes of College Street Delivery Site shown first followed by that of Ibika Delivery Site COMMUNICATION SKILLS I Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration COMM1/0 (see above) 5 (6) 0,05 Semester Lectures per week Pracs per Week Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 4 x 45 min None None 15 120 Content/ Communication Theory; Oral Presentation; Technical Writing Skills; Group Communication Skills (Additional Life Skills and Academic Literacy modules are Syllabus included for the Extended programme) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. COMPUTER SKILLS I Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration CSKI 1/0 (see above) 5 (6) 0,05 Semester Lectures per week Pracs per Week Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 2 x 45 min 2 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 120 Content/ Micro-Computer Hardware; Software; Computer Utilisation (Additional Computer Engineering applications modules are included for the Extended programme) Syllabus Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%.

103

2014

PROSPECTUS

CONTROL SYSTEMS II Course Code Course Name COSB 2/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per Week

NQF Level 6 Tutorials per semester

Credits Duration (12) 0,1 Semester Number of Notional hours weeks 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 120 Content/ Introduction to PLC’s; Programming Techniques; Practical Programming; Introduction to Control System Theory; The Performance, Stability and Frequency Syllabus Response of Control Systems; Mathematical Models; Practical: CODAS and SES Software Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. DESIGN PROJECT III Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration DPRO 3/0 (see above) 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Lectures/consulPracs per Week Tutorials per Number of weeks Notional hours tations per week semester 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min None 15 120 Content/ Introduction to Project Management; Design and Construction of Selected Project including Technical and Application Research, Detailed Planning Proposals, Syllabus Scheduling, Costing and Design Proposals and Documentation; Construction and Testing of Projects including Verbal and Power Point Presentation of Project Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS II Course Code Course Name DGIC 2/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per Week

Credits Duration (12) 0,1 Semester Number of Notional hours weeks 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 120 Content/ Introduction; Information Sources and Encoding; Signals and Systems theory; Syllabus Networks; Switching Principles and Equipment; Communication Channels and Systems; Performance Analysis; Telecommunication Services (GSM); Digital Multiplexing (FDM, TDM, WDM, CDM, QM) and Multiple Access (FDMA, TDMA, WDMA, CDMA, SDMA): Standards and Recommendations; Wide Area Networks (ISDN, SONET, SDH, ATM) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

DIGITAL SYSTEMS I Course Code Course Name DSYS 1/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per Week 4 x 45 min

4 x 45 min



NQF Level 5 Tutorials per semester 3 x 45 min

104

Credits (12) 0,1 Number of weeks


15

120

Content/ Syllabus

Introduction to Digital Logic; Stored Programme Computer; Number Systems and Codes; Logic Gates; Boolean Algebra; Combinational Logic; Functions of Combined Logic; Error Detection and Correction (Additional Life skills, Academic Literacy and Computer application modules are included in the Extended programme syllabus) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. DIGITAL SYSTEMS II Course Code Course Name DSYS 2/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per Week

NQF Level Credits Duration 5 (12) 0,1 Semester Tutorials per Number of weeks Notional hours semester 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 120 Content/ Flip-flops and other Multi-vibrators; Counters; Shift Registers; Memories; Syllabus Interfacing and Data Transmission; Introduction to Microprocessors; Integrated Circuit Technologies; Data Sheets; Displays; Introduction to PLDs Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. DIGITAL SYSTEMS III Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration DSYS 3/0 (see above) 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Lectures per week Pracs per Week Tutorials per semester Number of weeks Notional hours 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 120 Content/ Microprocessors; Series and Parallel Data Transfer; Interrupts; Programmable Syllabus Timers; Micro Controllers; PIC Micro Controller Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION III Course Code Course Name EDST 3/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per Week

NQF Level Credits Duration 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Tutorials per Number of weeks Notional hours semester 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 120 Content/ Principles of Transmission and Distribution; Conductors; LV and HV Cables; Syllabus Insulating Materials; Insulators; Bushings; Line Supports; Overhead Lines; Bus bars. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

105

2014

PROSPECTUS

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING I Course Code Course Name EENE 1/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per Week


Credits Duration (12) 0,1 Semester Number of Notional hours weeks 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 120 Content/ Introduction to Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Quantities and Syllabus the Applications thereof; Batteries; DC Theory and Network Analysis; Electromagnetism; Magnetic Circuits; Inductance; Capacitance; Basic AC Theory; Measurements Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING II Course Code Course Name EENE 2/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per Week

NQF Level Credits Duration 5 (12) 0,1 Semester Tutorials per Number of weeks Notional hours semester 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 120 Content/ AC Networks; Resonance: Series and Parallel Circuits; Power Factor Correction Syllabus (Single Phase); DC and AC Circuit Theorems; Harmonics; Three Phase Circuits (Balanced); Transformers (Additional Life skills, Academic Literacy and Computer application modules are included in the Extended programme syllabus) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING III Course Code Course Name EENE 3/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per Week


Credits Duration (12) 0,1 Semester Number of Notional hours weeks 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 120 Content/ Advanced Three Phase Circuits; Rectification and Inversion; Illumination; Syllabus Interconnectors; Components Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICE I Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration EEPR 1/0 (see above) 5 (60) 0,5 Semester Lectures per week Work Integrated Tutorials per Number of weeks Notional hours Training per semester semester None 1 None 15 600 Content/ Orientation; Safety and First Aid; Basic Hand Skills; Measuring Instruments; Syllabus Electrical and Electronic Components; Circuit Diagrams; Power Sources; Programmable Devices; General Administration; Report Writing; Any other task approved by the University.


106

Assessment: Final mark will be obtained based on logbook submission and evaluation from site visit. Pass mark required is 50%. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICE II Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration EEPR 2/0 (see above) 6 (60) 0,5 Semester Lectures per week Work Integrated Tutorials per Number of weeks Notional hours Training per semester semester None 1 None 15 600 Content/ At least four of the following: Cables and Overhead Lines; Power Generation Syllabus and Transformers; AC and DC Machines; Rectification and Inversion; Protection Systems; Switches and Circuit Breakers; Installation and Commissioning of Equipment; Testing and Fault Finding; Drawing and Design; Any other task approved by the University. Assessment: Final mark will be obtained based on logbook submission and evaluation from site visit. Pass mark required is 50%. ELECTRICAL MACHINES II Course Code Course Name EMAC 2/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per Week

NQF Level Credits 6 (12) 0,1 Tutorials per Number of weeks semester 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 Single Phase Transformers; DC Machines; Induction


4 x 45 min 120 Content/ Syllabus Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRICAL MACHINES III Course Code Course Name EMAC 3/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per Week

NQF Level Credits Duration 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Tutorials per Number of weeks Notional hours semester 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 120 Three Phase Transformers; Induction Machines; Synchronous Machines

4 x 45 min Content/ Syllabus Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRICAL PROTECTION III Course Code Course Name EPRO 3/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per Week 4 x 45 min Content/ Syllabus

NQF Level Credits Duration 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Tutorials per Number of weeks Notional hours semester 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 120 Basic Principles; Introduction; Fundamental Theory; Fault Calculations; Fuses; Fuse Cut-outs (Fuse Links); Circuit Breakers; Current and Voltage Transformers

107

2014

PROSPECTUS

Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRONIC APPLICATIONS III Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration ETRA 3/0 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Lectures per week Pracs per Tutorials per Number of weeks Notional hours semester semester 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 120 Content/ Small Signal Analysis; Feedback Theory; Linear IC Applications; Active Filter Syllabus Design; Semiconductor and other Transducers Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS II Course Code Course Name ECOM 2/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per Week

NQF Level Credits Duration 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Tutorials per Number of weeks Notional hours semester 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 120 Content/ Introduction to Communication Systems; Analysis of Passive Circuits; Syllabus Transmission Lines; Analogue Modulation; Electromagnetic Waves and Propagation; Receivers; Antennas; Introduction to Digital and Data Communication Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING PRACTICE II Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration EETR 2/0 (see above) 6 (60) 0,5 Semester Lectures per week Work Integrated Tutorials per Number of weeks Notional hours Training per semester semester None 1 None 15 600 Content/ At least four of the following: Communication Systems; Industrial Electronics Syllabus and Instrumentation; Design of Analogue and/or Digital Systems; Installation, Commissioning and Testing of New Analogue and/or Digital Systems; Fault Finding and Maintenance of Digital and/or Analogue Systems; Computer-Assisted Engineering and/or Computer Applications; Quality Control; Any other task approved by the University. Assessment: Final mark will be obtained based on logbook submission and evaluation from site visit. Pass mark required is 50%. ELECTRONICS I Course Code ETRO 1/0 Lectures per week

Course Name (see above) Pracs per Week



108



4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 120 Content/ Basic Measurements; Semiconductor Theory; Diodes; Transistor Theory; Applied Syllabus Technology Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRONICS II Course Code ETRO 2/0 Lectures per week


ELECTRONICS III Course Code ETRO 3/0 Lectures per week


NQF Level Credits Duration 5 (12) 0,1 Semester Tutorials per Number of weeks Notional hours semester 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 120 Content/ Field Effect Transistors; Other Semiconductor Devices; Basic Rectification; Single Syllabus Stage Transistor Amplifiers; Operational Amplifiers; Applied Technology; Power Supplies Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

NQF Level Credits Duration 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Tutorials per Number of weeks Notional hours semester 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 120 Content/ Advanced Voltage Regulators; Amplifier Theory and Applications; Oscillators; Syllabus Power Amplifiers;Active Filter Design; Linear IC Applications; Semiconductors and Transducers; Noise Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS II Course Code Course Name INDE 2/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per Week

NQF Level Credits Duration 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Tutorials per Number of weeks Notional hours semester 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 120 Content/ Components; Power Diodes; Transistors, Triac, Diac, Mosfet, Thyristor, Latest Syllabus Device Technology; Characteristics and Ratings; Terminology; Cooling; Suitable Operating Circuits Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MATHEMATICS I Course Code MATH 1/0 Lectures per week 6 x 45 min

Course Name Pracs per semester None




2 x 45 min

15

120

109

2014

PROSPECTUS

Content/ Basic Mathematics; Differentiation I; Integration I; Complex Numbers/Hyperbolic Syllabus Functions. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: See section under Pre-requisite courses MATHEMATICS II Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration MATH 2/0 (see above) 5 (12) 0,1 Semester Lectures per week Pracs per Week Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 6 x 45 min None 2 x 45 min 15 120 Content/ Differentiation II; Integration II; Matrix Algebra; Differential Equations (1st order) Syllabus Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MATHEMATICS III Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration MATH 3/0 (see above) 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Lectures per week Pracs per Week Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 6 x 45 min None 2 x 45 min 15 120 Content/ Fourier Analysis; Differential Equations (La Place) Syllabus Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MICROWAVE COMMUNICATIONS III Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration MCC3113/4 (see above) 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Lectures per week Pracs per Week Tutorials per Number of weeks Notional hours semester 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 120 Content/ Microwave Propagation and Antennas; Microwave Components; Microwave Syllabus Systems; Optical Fibre Communications; Measurements Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. NETWORK SYSTEMS II Course Code Course Name NSYS 2/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per Week 4 x 45 min Content/ Syllabus

NQF Level Credits 6 (12) 0,1 Tutorials per Number of weeks semester 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 OSI Model; Network Operating Systems; Applications


110


Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. NETWORK SYSTEMS III Course Code Course Name NSYS 3/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per Week

NQF Level Credits 6 (12) 0,1 Tutorials per Number of weeks semester 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 Service and Support of Networks; Network Design; Applications


4 x 45 min 120 Content/ Syllabus Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. PROJECTS I Course Code PROJ 1/0 Lectures per week


PROJECTS II Course Code PROJ 2/0 Lectures per week


NQF Level Credits Duration 5 (12) 0,1 Semester Tutorials per Number of weeks Notional hours semester 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 120 Content/ Planning and Construction of Projects compatible with the level in the particular Syllabus discipline, including: Applicable Computer Assisted Drawing; Ergonomic and Aesthetic Design Principles in construction, Operating Procedures and Maintenance; Construction Techniques; Documentation, soldering , wiring harness, building and design of selected projects. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%.

NQF Level Credits Duration 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Tutorials per Number of weeks Notional hours semester 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 120 Content/ Planning and Construction of Projects compatible with the level in the particular Syllabus discipline, including: Applicable Computer Assisted Drawing; Ergonomic and Aesthetic Design Principles in construction, Operating Procedures and Maintenance; Construction Techniques; Documentation , soldering , wiring harness, fault finding ,building and design of selected projects. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%.

111

2014

PROSPECTUS

PROGRAMMING I Course Code EPRG 1/0 Lectures per week


NQF Level Credits Duration 5 (12) 0,1 Semester Tutorials per Number of weeks Notional hours semester 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 120 Content/ Programme Design; Programming Techniques; Structured Programming; Modular Syllabus Programming; Data Types; Control Structures; Functions, Recursion, Arrays, Pointers, Data Structures Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. PROGRAMMING II Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration EPRG 2/0 (see above) 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Lectures per week Pracs per Week Tutorials per Number of weeks Notional hours semester 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 120 Content/ Object Oriented Programming, Inheritance, Polymorphism, Graphics, UML Syllabus Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. PROGRAMMING III Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration EPRG 3/0 (see above) 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Lectures per week Pracs per Week Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 120 Content/ Exception Handling; Multithreading; Multimedia; I/O Streams; Networking; Syllabus Dynamic Data Structures; Visual Programming Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. RADIO ENGINEERING III Course Code Course Name RANG 3/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per Week

NQF Level Credits Duration 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Tutorials per Number of weeks Notional hours semester 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 120 Content/ Radio Frequency Amplifiers; Amplitude Modulation and Demodulation; Angle Syllabus Modulation and Demodulation; Frequency Conversion and Mixing; Super heterodyne Receivers; Antennas; Special Systems (RDS, FM Stereo) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.


112

TELEVISION III Course Code TLV 3/0 Lectures per week


NQF Level Credits Duration 6 (12) 0,1 Semester Tutorials per Number of weeks Notional hours semester 4 x 45 min 4 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 15 120 Content/ Television Fundamentals, Television Cameras, Colour signals, Television Syllabus Receivers, Television Measurements, Colorimetry, Antenna and Distribution Systems Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

11.6.2 National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical [Extended Programme] 11.6.2.1


For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical. 11.6.2.2




The purpose for National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical Extended Programme is to equip underprepared students, who wish to study towards a National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical. Additional modules are therefore introduced at S1 and S2 levels, hence the extended time period for the completion of this programme. In order to achieve its purpose the programme aims to: • • • • • * * * *

Provide students at risk with a viable platform to successfully undertake Electrical Engineering studies at tertiary education level. Provide students from disadvantaged backgrounds with an adequate level of foundational competence which is based on specific and discipline-related knowledge. Improve the retention and throughput of disadvantaged students entering the mainstream programme. Provide a learning environment where the gap in terms of disadvantaged student needs and the student support required are bridged. Provide a student who has the potential to succeed with Electrical Engineering studies at tertiary level with an opportunity to: gain a contextualized understanding of the field of Electrical Engineering; develop the knowledge and skills to engage in basic Electrical Engineering practices effectively; become familiar with the application of basic knowledge and skills in the Electrical Engineering discipline. Ensure that the required educational quality standards in teaching and learning are maintained while at the same time achieving the above aims.

The rationale for the National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical Extended Programme is therefore essentially the same as for the three year National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical programme but is specifically designed in such a way to benefit students by providing support to students to 113

2014

PROSPECTUS

obtain essential skills for completion of the National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical. Students successfully completing the Extended Programme will thus be able to: • • • •

Develop a contextualised understanding of the field of Electrical Engineering. Develop the knowledge and skills to engage in Electrical Engineering practices effectively. Apply knowledge and skills in the Electrical Engineering academic environments. Continue with their studies beyond the S2 level towards the obtainment of a National Diploma: Electrical.

11.6.2.4


The exit level outcomes for National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical Extended Programme are the same as for the three year National Diploma programme [details are as indicated for that programme]. There are however, outcomes which the Extended Programme aims to re-enforce to better equip the students. These additional modules are introduced at S1 and S2 levels, hence the extended time period. The additional outcomes of the National Diploma: Engineering: Civil Extended Programme are: • To ensure students understand and are able to master the basic concepts of mathematics, physics and building science and their application which forms part of the ND Engineering: Electrical programme. • To develop students computer skills in order to equip them for further academic studies. • To enhance and develop the students’ academic skills with particular emphasis on academic literacy as applicable to the ND Engineering: Electrical programme. • To develop students’ life skills in order that they can use the tools (e.g. study and time management skills) in their studies. 11.6.2.5


11.6.2.5.1


The programme is offered in terms of the: • Formal Technikon Instructional Programmes in the RSA - NATED Report 151 (99/01) of Education NATED 150/151 document. • South African Qualifications Authority Registered Qualification: National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical - SAQA 0480/09 - ID 80135 11.6.2.5.2


Courses on the academic programme is offered in terms of the DoE Grant approval for offering of Extended Programme, which include foundation provision, which is in addition to the courses required as part of the academic structure as per the Departments of Education NATED 150/151 document for the National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical. 11.6.2.5.3


For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical. 11.6.2.5.4


In order to allow for foundational material to be integrated into the Diploma courses, the 114


programme is extended by six months in both the first and second semester periods of study. For some courses the foundational provision is in the form of additional material necessary to facilitate the students understanding of the Diploma course material. In other courses the foundational provision is in the form of the extra time available in the extended programme. The extra time enables lecturers to spend longer on the very difficult sections of work, test more frequently to identify problem areas, revise at regular intervals and revisit problem areas as they are identified. This is very beneficial to Extended Programme students. After two years of receiving foundational support the students have had sufficient support to enable them to cope with the regular Semester 3 and Semester 4 courses without further foundational support. Students on the Extended Programme enroll for the courses as described in section Curriculum Structure (see below). 11.6.2.6


11.6.2.6.1


The minimum admission requirements are the same as for the National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical (for details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical. 11.6.2.6.2


The initial selection of new students is based on an applicant’s NSC or Matric results. Students who do not gain direct acceptance, but who meets the minimum admission requirements are provisionally accepted. Students who do not gain direct acceptance are required to complete a set of three Standardised Assessment Tests (SATAPs), which comprise of Mathematics, Physical Science and English Proficiency. Each SATAP test takes 2 hours to complete. Results from SATAP tests and Matric/NSC symbols are then graded using a conversion scale. Grade 12/NSC results constitute 50% of the graded mark (other 50% forthcoming from SATAP’s). On completion of the SATS tests the applicants are rated according to their (graded) marks. Applicants who do not gain direct entry into the (mainstream) National Diploma programme are considered for enrolment into the Extended programme (on sites where the Extended programme is offered). Selection is based on the weighted marks obtained by applicants and is subject to quota limitations. 11.6.2.6.3

Programme Rules




Progression Rules

11.6.2.6.5.1


Students should take note of the institutional rules G7-G11 on re-admission of students to undergraduate programmes. As provided for under institutional rules G8.1, G8.2. G9.1 & G9.2 the Department of Civil Engineering has set the criteria for re-admission for the ND: Electrical Engineering Extended programme as per table in section 11.6.2.6.7.2 below. 115

2014

PROSPECTUS

11.6.2.6.6


Students who successfully complete all S1 courses after Year 1, and who obtain an aggregate of at least 70% for each of the courses listed below, will be eligible for consideration by the HOD, for promotion to the S2 main stream programme. [Courses: Digital Systems I, Electronics I, Electrical Engineering I, Mathematics I] 11.6.2.6.7

Exit Rules

11.6.2.6.7.1

Completion Rules

The Extended Programme forms part of National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical qualification, of which the exit/ completion details are described under the National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical. 11.6.2.6.7.2

Exclusion Rules

Students should take specific note of the WSU’s General Rules & Regulations (specifically rules G7-G11) on re-admission and exclusion of students to undergraduate programmes. The specific rules on exclusion for the ND: Electrical Engineering Extended programme is as follows: A student that progresses at a slower rate than that set out below, will be refused further readmission on the grounds of “poor academic performance” While student is enrolled in Extended programme (Level 1A & 1B): At the end of academic period (semesters) Minimum credits in theory subjects that student must have obtained*

1

2 55

3

4 100

5

6 120

Once student has progressed to mainstream programme (Level 2 & 3): At the end of academic period (semester) Minimum credits in theory subjects that student must have obtained

1 150

2 180

3 210

4 240


1

2


60

120

Notes: Credits refer to SAQA credits Academic period refers to each semester that the student was enrolled Registration requirements that must be met a. First time entering students must enroll for all the required courses at that level (i.e. at S1/ Level 1A). b. If a student fails courses spanning multiple levels then the student must firstly enroll for the courses at the lower level. Consideration for enrolment of courses at the higher level will only be considered if the pre-requisite criteria for these courses are met AND if there are no timetable clashes. 116 SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

c. A student will not be allowed to jump levels or enroll for courses at more than two levels (e.g. a student with S1 courses outstanding cannot enroll for S3 courses but will be required to complete the S1 first). d. The Head of Department may limit the number of courses that a student may enroll for may when poor academic progress is evident. 11.6.2.6.8

Programmes offering

The Department of Electrical Engineering currently offers the Extended Programme at both the College Street delivery site in Buffalo City and the Ibika delivery site in Butterworth. 11.6.2.6.9


In order to allow for foundational material to be integrated into the Diploma courses, the programme is extended by six months in both the first and second semester periods of study. For some courses the foundational provision is in the form of additional material necessary to facilitate the students understanding of the Diploma course material. In other courses the foundational provision is in the form of the extra time available in the extended programme. The extra time enables lecturers to spend longer on the very difficult sections of work, test more frequently to identify problem areas, revise at regular intervals and revisit problem areas as they are identified. This is very beneficial to Extended Programme students. After two years of receiving foundational support the students have had sufficient support to enable them to cope with the regular Semester 3 and Semester 4 courses without further foundational support. Students on the Extended Programme enroll for the following courses, which all contains foundational provision The National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical Extended Programme is structured as follows: S1 — 1 Year Course Communication Skills I Computer Skills I Digital Systems I Electronics I Electrical Engineering I Mathematics I Digital Systems II Electronics II Electrical Engineering II Mathematics II Projects I Programming I

Code COMM 1/0 CSKI 1/0 DSYS 1/0 ETRO 1/0 EENE 1/0 MATH 1/0 DSYS 2/0 ETRO 2/0 EENE 2/0 MATH 3/0 PROJ 1/0 EPRG 1/0

Credit 0,05 0,05 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1

Pre- Requisite

Digital Systems I Electronics I, Electrical Engineering I Electrical Engineering I, Mathematics I Mathematics I Electronics I, Electrical Engineering I Computer Skills I (College Street)

Level 2 (P1 & S3) and Level 3 (P2 & S4) of this programme are described under the same section for National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical. Once a student on this programme progresses to S3 he/she follow the curriculum as is described for the National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical. 117

2014

PROSPECTUS

11.6.2.6.10


Not applicable. 11.6.2.6.11


S2 Courses Digital Systems II Electronics II Electrical Engineering II Mathematics II Projects I Programming I 11.6.2.6.12

Pre-Requisite Digital Systems I Electronics I, Electrical Engineering I Electrical Engineering I, Mathematics I Mathematics I Electronics I, Electrical Engineering I Computer Skills I ( College Street campus)

Available electives

None 11.6.2.6.13


The Extended Programme forms part of National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical qualification, of which the exit/ completion details are described under the National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical. 11.6.2.6.14



Articulation



For details see relevant courses under same section under the National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical Note: Course codes are different (see curriculum above) as well as duration for completion of S1 and S2 courses in National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical [Extended], i.e. S1 and S2 are each of one year duration and includes foundational provision (shown with F). COMMUNICATION SKILLS I Course Code Course Name ECMM1/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per Week 4 x 45 min None


NQF Level 5 Tutorials per week None

118

Credits (6) 0,05 Number of weeks 30

Duration Year Notional hours 240

Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Academic literacy (F); 2.Computer literacy (F); 3.Process of Communication; 4.Organisational Communication; 5. Interpersonal Communication; 6. Non-verbal Communication; 7. Intercultural Communication; 8. Reading Strategies in the Computer Laboratory; 9. Technical report writing in the Computer Laboratory; 10. Multimedia communication (F);

Practicals: Continuous throughout the year (F); Presentation module (F); Submission of a portfolio of work (F) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. COMPUTER SKILLS I Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration ESKI 1/0 (see above) 5 (6) 0,05 Year Lectures per week Pracs per Week Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 2 x 45 min 2 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 30 240 Content/ Theory: 1. Introduction to the desktop computer – keyboard and monitor Syllabus application (F); 2. Fundamentals of the desktop computer – the menu (F); 3. Basic Concepts of IT. 4. File Management. 5. Word Processing. 6. Spreadsheets. 7. Presentations. 8. Information and Communication. 9. Compilation of technical reports; 10.Fundamentals of Computer Aided Drawing (F); Practicals: Continuous throughout the year. Presentation module. Submission of a portfolio of work. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. DIGITAL SYSTEMS I Course Code Course Name ESYS 1/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per Week 4 x 45 min Content/ Syllabus



Duration Year Notional hours

4 x 45 min 30 240 Theory: 1. Review of the basics of mathematical calculations needed for digital principles (F); 2. Review of the basics of digital principles (F); 3. Introduction to Digital Logic; 4. Stored Programme Computer; 5. Number Systems and Codes; Logic Gates; 6. Boolean Algebra; Combinational Logic; 7. Functions of Combined Logic; 8. Error Detection and Correction. Laboratory work Practicals x 3 Laboratory work (F) Practicals x 3 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

119

2014

PROSPECTUS

MATHEMATICS I Course Code EATH 1/0 Lectures per week 2 x 45 min Content/ Syllabus

Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration (see above) 5 (6) 0,05 Year Pracs per Week Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours 2 x 45 min 3 x 45 min 30 240 Theory: Determinants & Cramer’s Rule - Evaluation of a 2x2 matrix, Evaluation of a 3x3 matrix, Solving systems of linear equations by Cramer’s rule; 2. Significant Figures; 3. Measurements and SI units (F); 4. Changing the subject of an equation (F); 5. Revision of logs and exponents (F); 6. Angular and linear velocities; 7. Logs and Natural logs - Logarithms and exponents, Logarithmic rules, Logarithmic and exponential equations, Revision of trigonometry (F); 8. Trigonometry - Use a calculator to evaluate trigonometric expressions, Solve trigonometric equations on the interval [-π;π] or [ 0; 2π]; 9. Misconceptions in algebra and trigonometry (F); 10. Calculator usage & general operational rules (F); 11. Complex numbers - Cartesian and polar coordinate system, Basic definitions and operations with complex numbers in rectangular form, Argand diagram, The polar form of complex number; 12. Complex Numbers (continued) - De Moivre’s theorem I, De Moivre’s theorem II, The exponential form of complex numbers; 13. Differential Calculus - General rules, power rule, sum and difference rule, Chain Rule, Product rule and Quotient rule, Transcendental functions Higher Order Derivatives Logarithmic differentiation, Implicit differentiation; 14. Revision of graphs (F); 15. Applications of Differentiation - Derivative as a rate, Curve sketching, Optimization. 16. Integral Calculus Simpson’s rule, Power Rule; 17. Integral Calculus - The general power rule, Other integration formulas, The definite integral; 18. Integral Calculus - Applications of Integration Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING I Course Code Course Name EEEN 1/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per Week 4 x 45 min Content/ Syllabus




4 x 45 min 30 240 Theory: 1. Introduction to Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Quantities (F); 2. Introduction to Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Applications (F); 3. Introduction to Electrical Batteries (F); 4. Batteries; DC Theory and Network Analysis; 5. Electromagnetism; 6. Magnetic Circuits; 7. Inductance; 8. Capacitance; 9. Basic AC Theory; 10. Measurements Laboratory work Practicals x 3 Laboratory work Practicals x 3 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.


120

ELECTRONICS I Course Code EETR 1/0 Lectures per week


4 x 45 min Content/ Syllabus






4 x 45 min 30 240 Theory: 1. Introduction to Basic Measurements (F); 2. Measurements; 3. Introduction to Semiconductor Theory (F); 4. Semiconductor Theory; 5. Introduction to Diodes (F); 6. Diodes; 7. Introduction to Transistors (F); 8. Transistor Theory; 9. Principles of electronic applications (F); 10. Electronic Applications (F) 11. Applied technology Laboratory Work Practicals X3 Laboratory Work (F) Practicals X3 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

DIGITAL SYSTEMS II Course Code Course Name ESYS 2/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per Week 4 x 45 min Content/ Syllabus


4 x 45 min 30 240 Theory: 1. Review of Digital Systems I (F); 2. Flip-flops and other Multi-vibrators; 3. Introduction to Counters (F); 4. Counters; 5. Introduction to Shift Registers (F); 6. Shift Registers; 7. Understanding the principles memories (F); 8. Memories; 9. Interfacing and Data Transmission; 10. Introduction to Microprocessors (F); 11. Microprocessors; 12. Integrated Circuit Technologies; 13. Data Sheets; 14. Displays; 15. Introduction to PLDs (F); 16. PLDs Laboratory Work Practicals X3 Laboratory Work (F) Practicals X3 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

121

2014

PROSPECTUS

ELECTRONICS II Course Code EETR 2/0 Lectures per week








4 x 45 min 30 240 Theory: 1. Review of Transistors (F); 2. Field Effect Transistors; 3. Introduction to Shift Registers (F); 4. Basic Rectification; 5. Introduction to Single Stage Transistor Amplifiers (F); 6. Single Stage Transistor Amplifiers; 7. Introduction to Operational Amplifiers (F); 8. Operational Amplifiers; 9. Introduction to Applied Technology (F); 10. Applied Technology; 11. Introduction to Power Supplies (F); 12. Power Supplies; Laboratory Work Practicals X3 Laboratory Work (F) Practicals X3 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING II Course Code Course Name EEEN 2/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per Week 4 x 45 min Content/ Syllabus


4 x 45 min 30 240 Theory: 1. Introduction to AC Networks (F); 2. AC Networks; 3. Resonance: Series and Parallel Circuits; 4. Introduction to Power Factor Correction (F); 5. Power Factor Correction (Single Phase); 6. Introduction to DC and AC Circuits (F); 7. DC and AC Circuit Theorems; 8. Introduction to Harmonics (F); 9. Harmonics; 10. Introduction to Three Phase Circuits (F); 11. Three Phase Circuits (Balanced); 12. Introduction to Transformers (F); 13. Transformers Laboratory Work Practicals X3 Laboratory Work (F) Practicals X3 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

MATHEMATICS II Course Code EATH 2/0 Lectures per week 6 x 45 min Content/ Syllabus

Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration (see above) 5 (12) 0,1 Year Pracs per Week Tutorials per week Number of weeks Notional hours None 2 x 45 min 30 240 Theory: 1. Review of Mathematical concepts covered under Maths I (F); 2. Review of Differentiation (F); 3. Differentiation II; 4. Review of Integration (F); 5. Integration II; 6. Introduction to 1st order Differential Equations (F); 7. Differential Equations (1st order)


122

Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. PROJECTS I Course Code EROJ 1/0 Lectures per week








4 x 45 min 30 240 Theory: 1. Introduction to Engineering projects (F); 2. Principles of Project Organisation and Management (F); 3. Introduction to Computer Assisted Drawing (F); 4. Planning and Construction of Projects compatible with the level in the particular discipline, including: Applicable Computer Assisted Drawing; 5. Introduction to Design Principles (F); 6. Ergonomic and Aesthetic Design Principles in construction, Operating Procedures and Maintenance; 7. Introduction to Construction Techniques (F); 8. Construction Techniques; 9. Introduction to Projects Documentation and Regulations (F); 10. Documentation, soldering , wiring harness, building and design of selected projects. Practicals: Continuous throughout the year. Presentation module. Submission of a portfolio of work. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. PROGRAMMING I Course Code EPRG 1/0 Lectures per week 4 x 45 min Content/ Syllabus



4 x 45 min 30 240 Theory: 1. Purpose and application of Programming (F); 2. Programming principles (F); 3. Introduction to Programme Design (F); 4. Programme Design; 5. Introduction to Programming Techniques (F); 6. Programming Techniques; 7. Introduction to Structured Programming (F); 8. Structured Programming; 9. Introduction to Modular Programming (F); 10. Modular Programming; 11. Data Types; 12. Control Structures; 13. Functions, Recursion, Arrays, Pointers, Data Structures Laboratory Work Practicals X3 Laboratory Work (F) Practicals X3 Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessments based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%.

123

2014

PROSPECTUS

11.6.3

B Tech: Engineering: Electrical

11.6.3.1




For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical, except that graduates will be able to perform work at the technologist level. 11.6.3.3


The purpose of the B Tech: Engineering: Electrical is to train technologists who will meet the criteria for registration as a professional technologist by the Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA), and who will display competence as part of the engineering team in the execution of technical tasks under remote supervision by using and applying their knowledge in independent judgement in the identification and solution of complex Electrical engineering problems. Graduates achieving this qualification should, after initial supervision, be able to apply engineering principles, techniques and instruments to systematically diagnose an solve broadly-defined Electrical engineering problems, perform procedural design functions of limited context, be able to use appropriate terminology, style and structure to communicate effectively with superiors and subordinates, apply management concepts to projects and operations and exhibit an awareness of ethics, professionalism, safety and consideration of the social and natural environment. 11.6.3.4


(Conforming to SAQA’s NLRD no 49509) The programme’s exit level outcomes are aimed at providing graduates with the following attributes, skills, and competencies to enable them to practice Electrical Engineering activities and applications at the level expected of a Professional Engineering Technologist, and to manage Electrical Engineering activities and applications at the level expected of a Professional Engineering Technician: 1. Problem Solving Apply Electrical Engineering principles to systematically diagnose and solve broadlydefined Electrical Engineering problems. 2. Application of scientific and engineering knowledge Demonstrate the application of mathematical, science and engineering knowledge and the requisite skills in an Electrical Engineering environment. 3. Engineering Design Perform procedural and non-procedural design of broadly-defined components, systems, works, products or processes to meet desired needs in the applicable standards, codes of practice and legislation. 4. Communication Communicate technical, supervisory and general management information effectively, both orally and in writing, using appropriate language and terminology, structure, style and graphical support. 5. Engineering Management Apply engineering management principles and concepts to engineering activities 6. Project Development Identify, analyse, conduct and manage a project 124 SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

7.

Application of Complementary Knowledge Demonstrate a critical awareness of the impact of engineering activity on the social, industrial and physical environment, and of the need to act professionally within one’s own limits of competence.

The graduate with this qualification should therefore be able to: • Apply an integration of theory, principles, proven techniques, practical experience and appropriate skills to the solution of a broadly defined problems in the field of Electrical Engineering while operating within the relevant standards and codes. • Perform procedural design of broadly-defined elements/components to meet desired needs. • Communicate effectively at all levels. • Apply the knowledge gained to new, broadly-defined, situations, both concrete and abstract, in the workplace/community. • Gather evidence from primary sources and journals using appropriate retrieval skills, and organise, synthesise and present the information professionally in a mode appropriate to the audience. • Demonstrate the capacity to explore and exploit educational, entrepreneurial, and career opportunities, and to develop him/her professionally, including the ability to proceed to the Masters level. • Make independent decisions taking into account the relevant technical, economic, social, safety and environmental factors. • Work independently, as a member of a team and as a supervisor. • Relate Electrical Engineering activities to environmental, safety, cultural and economic sustainability. • Identify, analyse, conduct and manage a project. 11.6.3.5


This qualification has same Critical Cross-Field Outcomes as for National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical. 11.6.3.6




The programme is offered in terms of the: • Formal Technikon Instructional Programmes in the RSA - NATED Report 151 (99/01) of Education NATED 150/151 document. • South African Qualifications Authority Registered Qualification: Bachelor of Technology: Engineering: Electrical - SAQA 0480/09 - ID 80135 11.6.3.7


11.6.3.7.1


The minimum admission requirement is that candidates must have one of the following qualifications: • National Diploma: Engineering: Electrical, including a credit for Mathematics III, and with an overall average for all courses of at least 60%. 125 2014 PROSPECTUS

•

• •

Old National Diploma (T3): Electrical Engineering : Heavy Current or Light Current, plus enough additional courses to accumulate at least 20 credits, including Engineering Mathematics III and Design Projects III, or their equivalents, and with an overall average for all courses of at least 60%. National Higher Diploma: Electrical Engineering: Heavy or Light Current, including a credit for Engineering Mathematics IV or at least Engineering Mathematics III. Any applicant who has a national diploma plus two years work experience in a related field, but fail to meet the average mark of 60 % will have his/her application reviewed by a panel to determine whether he/she can be admitted or not.

11.6.3.7.2



Programme Rules



For Admission Rules see the section on Admission Requirements above. In addition the Department will consider courses done at other Tertiary Institutions for exemption, in accordance with the Rules and Regulations of the University subject to the following criteria. If a student wishes to graduate from WSU but decides to enrol for one or more programme courses at another university, then the student must lodge a written application (through the HOD to Director of School) before registration at the other Institution. Students must take note of the institutional rules which state that: • Not more than 50 % of the courses in the qualification will be exempted in this way. • All exit level courses must be done at WSU. • Only in exceptional circumstances will recognition of one (1) exit level subject from another university be considered but such consideration is subject to a recommendation from the Department and approval thereof by Senate. • Any provisional approval by school/faculty is subject to final approval by Senate [also see WSU’s General Rules & Regulations]. Where the applicant cannot meet the criteria as is stipulated in this section, the applicant will be advised that the qualification cannot be awarded by WSU and that he/she should apply to graduate at the other Institution. Applications from students wishing to enrol for individual courses, which will not lead to the award of a qualification (i.e. enrol for non degree/diploma purposes) will only be considered after students wishing to study towards full degree/diploma qualifications have been accommodated, as enrolment is subject to space being available. Students coming from other higher education institutions are to be advised at admission, by the Head of Department that admission to the programme remains provisional and that at registration they are required to immediately apply for recognition of any credits which they wish to be considered. Approval of such applications is subject to the application for recognition of credits being approved by Senate. Where a student wishes to apply to graduate the fully completed applications for recognition of credits, if it forms part of the grad application must be received by the HoD before 15th January (for May graduation event) and before 30 April (for September graduation event). Failure to comply with these requirements will result in non


126

processing of applications and/or automatic de-registration of students. 11.6.3.7.5

Progression Rules

11.6.3.7.5.1


Refer to the institutional rules on re-admission of students. In addition to the above if a student fails the same course twice, the student is not allowed to re-register for the course. 11.6.3.7.6

Exit Rules

11.6.3.7.6.1

Completion Rules

Over and above the requirements as set out below an application for the award of a qualification will be scrutinised for compliance to the statutory requirements as is set out in NATED documents together with the requirements as is described in WSU’s General Rules & Regulations. The qualification will be awarded after completing 120 SAQA credits (1.0 Nated credit) at NQF level 7. 11.6.3.7.6.2

Exclusion Rules

Refer to the WSU’s General Rules & Regulations for re-admission of existing students. The respective maximum permissible period of study for the BTech: Eng: Electrical qualification, done on a Part-Time study basis is 4 years. After the maximum period students will not be allowed to register at the WSU. A student may appeal the decision to the Dean to reconsider his/her case. The Dean shall, through the Faculty Board, make a recommendation to the Senate. The Senate decision on the appeal shall be final [also see WSU’s General Rules & Regulations]. The specific rules on exclusion for the BTech: Electrical Engineering is as follows: A student that progresses at a slower rate than that set out below, will be refused further readmission on the grounds of “poor academic performance” While student is enrolled in BTech Part time Programme At the end of academic period (semesters)

1

2

3

4

5


15

30

45

60

75 90 105

11.6.3.7.7

6

7

8 120

Programme offering

The Department of Electrical Engineering only offers the BTech: Electrical programme from the College Street delivery site in East London, Buffalo City. The BTech: Engineering: Electrical consists of two streams: Communication Engineering and Computer Engineering, and Power Engineering and Control Systems. The degree will be issued on completion of 120 (1.0 Nated) credits at NQF Level 7. The learners can compile their curriculum from any of the streams; however, the subjects done at diploma level will dictate which of the two streams the learner can follow. There are 3 compulsory/common courses which must be taken with the prescribed courses indicated in each of the main specializations. The remaining courses may be selected from the other specialization. The following specializations and course combinations are offered at WSU. Please note: The offering of the Bachelor Technology: Engineering: Electrical will only 127

2014

PROSPECTUS

commence once ECSA has approved the offering thereof - accreditation application is currently being prepared. 11.6.3.7.8

BTech: Engineering: Electrical Curriculum

Subject Code SAQA Credits (Nated Credits) Common Subjects Industrial Project IV IDPR4/0 36 (0.3) Engineering Mathematics IV EMAT4/0 12 (0.1) Engineering Management IV EMAN4/0 12 (0.1) Communication Engineering and Computer Engineering Signal Processing IV ESPG4/0 12 (0.1) Computer Networks IV ECON4/0 12 (0.1) Electronic Communications Systems IV ECOS4/0 12 (0.1) Electronic Communications IV ECOM4/0 12 (0.1) Digital Signal Processing IV EDSP4/0 12 (0.1) Software Engineering IV ESEN4/0 12 (0.1) Microcontroller Systems IV MICS4/0 12 (0.1) Power Engineering and Control Systems Power Systems IV EPOS4/0 12 (0.1) Electrical Protection IV EPRO4/0 12 (0.1) Protection Technology IV PROT4/0 12 (0.1) Electrical Machines IV EMAC4/0 12 (0.1) Power Electronics IV PELE4/0 12 (0.1) Control Systems IV COSB4/0 12 (0.1) Digital Control Systems IV CODB4/0 12 (0.1) Total Credits Minimum 120 (1) Please note: Though the institution promises to offer all the subjects listed above, the department reserve a right not to offer a specific course it is not economically viable to offer it. 11.6.3.7.9



BTech: Engineering: Electrical Curriculum - Prerequisites

Subject Common Subjects Industrial Project IV

Code

Prerequisites

Design Project III, and the approval of the project topic will be subject to the learner passing appropriate level III or lV subjects Engineering Mathematics IV EMAT4/0 Mathematics III Engineering Management IV EMAN4/0 None Communication Engineering and Computer Engineering


IDPR4/0

128

Signal Processing IV

ESPG4/0

Computer Networks IV

ECON4/0

Electronic Communications Systems ECOS4/0 IV Electronic Communications IV ECOM4/0 Digital Signal Processing IV

EDSP4/0

Software Engineering IV

ESEN4/0

Microcontroller Systems IV MICS4/0 Power Engineering and Control Systems Power Systems IV EPOS4/0 Electrical Protection IV EPRO4/0 Electrical Machines IV EMAC4/0 Power Electronics IV PELE4/0 Control Systems IV

COSB4/0

Digital Control Systems IV

CODB4/0

11.6.3.7.11

Mathematics III and preferable Digital Communication II Networks III and/or Digital Communication II Radio Engineering III Engineering Mathematics IV, Radio Engineering III and preferable Digital Communication II Engineering Mathematics IV and/or Signal Processing IV Software Design III or Programming III Digital Systems III Electrical Engineering III Electrical Protection III Electrical Machines III Power Electronics III or Industrial Electronics II Control Systems III and Engineering Mathematics IV Control Systems III and Engineering Mathematics IV

Available electives

See details under Curriculum section above. 11.6.3.7.12





Articulation

Vertical A graduate of a programme meeting these standards would meet requirements for entry to a number of programmes including: • Formal specialist study towards post-graduate qualification in Engineering; • Programme leading to a qualification required for registration as a Professional Certificated Engineer/Competent Engineering Practitioner; • Masters Degree in Electrical Engineering • With responsible work experience, Masters Degree in Business Administration 129

2014

PROSPECTUS

Horizontal Within WSU: Horizontal Articulation is possible with other B Tech qualifications offered by the university at NQF Level 7. Other Universities: Horizontal Articulation is possible by enrolment in B Tech qualifications offered by such institutions, subject to the relevant institution’s admission requirements. Professional Articulation After graduation a candidacy programme toward registration as a Professional Engineering Technologist can be followed as per conditions laid down by the Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA). 11.6.3.8


COMPUTER NETWORKS IV Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration ECON 4/0 (see above) 7 (12) 0.1 Semester Lectures per Min Pracs per sem Tutorials per Sem Number of weeks Notional hours week 1 x 3.5 hours 3 5 15 100 Content/ Introduction : Electrical Interfacing; Local Area Networks; Wide Area Syllabus Networks; Internetworking Assessment: Continuous Evaluation. CONTROL SYSTEMS IV Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits Duration COSB 4/0 (see above) 7 (12) 0.1 Semester Lectures per Min Pracs per sem Tutorials per Number of weeks Notional week Sem hours 1 x 3.5 hours 3 5 15 100 Content/ Elements of Systems Simulation; State Space Analysis of Linear Systems; Control Syllabus Design; Frequency Domain Design; State Space Design of Linear Systems; Elements of non-linear Systems; Elements of Digital Control Systems. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration CODB 4/0 (see above) 7 (12) 0.1 Semester Lectures per Min Pracs per sem Tutorials per Sem Number of weeks Notional hours week 1 x 3.5 hours 3 5 15 100 Content/ Discrete-time Models and Sampled-data Systems; Mathematical Representation of Syllabus the Sampling Process; Analysis of Sampled data Systems; Adaptive Control and Self-tuning; Feed forward Control; Cascade control. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.


130

DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level Credits Duration EDSP 4/0 (see above) 7 (12) 0.1 Semester Lectures per Min Pracs per sem Tutorials per Sem Number of weeks Notional hours week 1 x 3.5 hours 3 5 15 100 Content/ Overview of Signals and Systems; Discrete and Continuous Time Signals; Syllabus Transforms; Digital Filter Design; State Variables. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION IV Module Code Module Name ECOM 4/0 (see above) Lectures per week Min Pracs per sem

NQF Level 7 Tutorials per Sem

Credits Duration (12) 0.1 Semester Number of Notional hours weeks 1 x 3.5 hours 3 5 15 100 Content/ Signals and Systems; Data Transmission; Communication Channel; Digital Syllabus Modulation Techniques; Signal Coding. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS IV Module Code Module Name NQF Level ECOS 4/0 (see above) 7 Lectures per week Min Pracs per sem Tutorials per Sem

Duration Semester Notional hours 1 x 3.5 hours 3 5 15 100 Content/ Digital Radio Systems; Satellite Communications; Television Systems; Syllabus Microwave Systems. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ELECTRICAL PROTECTION IV Module Code Module Name EPRO 4/0 (see above) Lectures per week Min Pracs per sem


Credits (12) 0.1 Number of weeks

Duration Semester Notional hours 1 x 3.5 hours 3 5 15 100 Content/ Faults in power systems and fault calculations. Types of relays according to Syllabus number of inputs and principle of operations. Protection of; Transmission lines, Synchronous generators, Power transformers, Busbars, Electrical motors. Instrument transformers for protection relays. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

131


2014

PROSPECTUS

ELECTRICAL MACHINES IV Module Code Module Name EMAC 4/0 (see above) Lectures per week Min Pracs per sem

Duration Semester Notional hours 1 x 3.5 hours 3 5 15 100 Content/ Synchronous Machines; Induction Machines; Special Machines; Design; Motor Syllabus Applications; Laboratory Work. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS IV Module Code Module Name EMAT4/0 (see above) Lectures per week Min Pracs per sem



Credits Duration (12) 0.1 Semester Number of Notional weeks hours 1 x 3.5 hours 3 5 15 100 Content/ Elements of Complex Analysis; Matrices and Vectors; Linear Differential Syllabus Equations; Linear Difference Equations; Transforms and their Applications. Assessment: Continuous Evaluation. ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT IV Module Code Module Name EMAN4/0 (see above) Lectures per week Min Pracs per sem


Credits Duration (12) 0.1 Semester Number of Notional weeks hours 1 x 3.5 hours 3 5 15 100 Content/ The engineer and the manager, the engineering organisation. Total quality Syllabus management: principles, applications, the human element in engineering management, engineering and construction contracts, professional ethics, the business plan, strategic and financial management. Assessment: Continuous Evaluation. INDUSTRIAL PROJECTS IV Module Code Module Name IDPR4/0 (see above) Lectures per week Min Pracs per sem


Credits Duration (36) 0.3 Year Number of Notional weeks hours 1 x 3.5 hours 3 5 15 100 Content/ Project Engineering; Research Methodology; An Integrated project, with an Syllabus industry-orientated approach, which will promote an entrepreneurial attitude in respect of technological innovation and analysis. The project may incorporate teamwork. It need not be original or unique. Assessment: Continuous Evaluation.



132

MICROCONTROLLER SYSTEMS IV Module Code Module Name MICS4/0 (see above) Lectures per week Min Pracs per sem


Credits Duration (12) 0.1 Semester Number of Notional hours weeks 3 5 15 100 Advanced Microcontroller architecture, programming and applications.

1 x 3.5 hours Content/ Syllabus Assessment: Continuous Evaluation. Marks will be obtained from assessments based on tests, and assignments/projects. Final mark will be obtained from class tests (20%) + Assignment/Projects (70%) + Lab work (10%). POWER ELECTRONICS IV Module Code Module Name PELE4/0 (see above) Lectures per week Min Pracs per sem

Credits Duration (12) 0.1 Semester Number of Notional weeks hours 1 x 3.5 hours 3 5 15 100 Content/ Overview of Devices and Circuits; Thermal Modeling; Single and 3-Phase Syllabus Diode and SCR Rectifiers; AC Voltage Controllers; Inverters; DC Choppers; High-Frequency Transformer Design; Resonant Converters; Applications. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. POWER SYSTEMS IV Module Code EPOS4/0 Lectures per week


Module Name (see above) Min Pracs per sem


Credits Duration (12) 0.1 Semester Number of Notional weeks hours 1 x 3.5 hours 3 5 15 100 Content/ Transmission lines, Multiport representation of Power Systems and Load Flow Syllabus Analysis; Control of Power; Stability; High Voltage DC Transmission; Energy Management Systems. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

SIGNAL PROCESSING IV Module Code Module Name ESGP4/0 (see above) Lectures per week Min Pracs per sem


Credits Duration (12) 0.1 Semester Number of weeks Notional hours 3 5 15 100 Signals and Systems, Continuous and Discrete Signals, Filters.

1 x 3.5 hours Content/ Syllabus Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

133

2014

PROSPECTUS

SOFTWARE ENGINEERING IV Module Code Module Name ESEN4/0 (see above) Lectures per week Min Pracs per sem


Credits Duration (12) 0.1 Semester Number of weeks Notional hours 1 x 3.5 hours 3 5 15 100 Content/ Structured Analysis Techniques; Advanced Software Design; Software Syllabus Implementation (Coding); Testing a Software System; Controlling Software Development. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

12

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

12.1


The process of professional development of a Professional Engineering Technician starts with the attainment of a qualification that meets this standard. After graduation a programme of training and experience is completed to attain the competencies for professional registration. The following is a summary of programmes that are offered by the Department of Mechanical Engineering. Department Dept of Mechanical Engineering

12.2

Programmes offered ND: Eng (Mechanical, Extended Programme) ND: Eng (Mechanical) B Tech: Eng (Mechanical, Part Time)

Duration Delivery Sites 4yrs Ibika, Chiselhurst 3yrs 2yrs

Ibika, Chiselhurst Chiselhurst

Accreditation Status of Delivery Sites where programme is offered

As a statutory body, constituted in terms of the Engineering Profession of South Africa Act, 46 of 2000, ECSA has the power of setting and auditing of academic standards for purposes of registration through a process of accreditation of engineering programmes at universities. Following an ECSA visit in March 2010 ECSA has made the following resolutions regarding accreditation status of programmes offered by the Department of Mechanical Engineering 12.2.1 Chiselhurst Delivery Site National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical accredited until end of 2014, which is the end of the current accreditation cycle. Bachelor Technology: Engineering: Mechanical accredited until end of 2014, which is the end of the current accreditation cycle. 12.2.2 Ibika Delivery Site National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical accredited until end of 2014, which is the end of the current accreditation cycle.


134

12.3


The Mechanical Engineering Department of the Walter Sisulu University strives to provide technologically and vocationally trained graduates which enables the University to meet the career needs of our community and satisfies the requirements of industry and commerce. 12.4


Working closely with our community and with the essential support of both the public and private sector, we seek to produce graduates capable of dynamic participation in the economic and environmental development of the region and beyond. Through a commitment to service excellence, staff development and the maximum use of human and other resources, the Mechanical Engineering Department of the Walter Sisulu University strives to unite students, staff and employers in the common goal of improving the quality of life of our community. 12.5

Student Societies in the Department

The Mechanical Engineering Society (MES) is a student initiative and is managed by the students for the educational well-being of the students. The • • • • • • • •

Mechanical Engineering Society strives to: Integrate all Mechanical Engineering student activities. Develop close relations with appropriate professional organizations. Recognise the achievements of members through team projects. Build a database of fellow Mechanical Engineering students. Encourage career development and support from industry. Organise educational tours and site visits. Being the voice for all Mechanical Engineering students. Be non political and non-discriminatory in the conduct of Society affairs.

Aims and Objectives of the Mechanical Engineering Society • To integrate all Mechanical Engineering students and promote a spirit of unity with the other engineering departments at WSU. • To develop its members not only academically but also on other aspects relating to career development. • To take up needs and demands of Mechanical Engineering students of the WSU with acknowledgement of the SRC. • To strive for the development and growth of the Mechanical Engineering Department at WSU. 12.6


12.6.1 National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical 12.6.1.1


It is part of the Department of Mechanical Engineering mission to instill entrepreneurial skills in their graduates to support their academic talents. Therefore compulsory ongoing entrepreneurial exposure will be presented via successful local business people and other entrepreneurial experts. Business principles will permeate throughout the programme on an informal basis. The Department of Mechanical Engineering also encourages students and staff 135 2014 PROSPECTUS

to become members of the various professional and institutional bodies. While studying towards the diploma qualification, students are encouraged to join various institutions and professional bodies. More information is available from the HOD. Students are encouraged to visit the ECSA, SAIMechE and NSBE websites for more information. 12.6.1.2


The job opportunities for graduates in Mechanical Engineering include the management and control of all mechanical related design, construction, manufacturing, testing, commissioning and maintenance of equipment and systems. This career also offers challenging opportunities in the following Mechanical Engineering Fields. Computer applications (CAD/CAM); Design and development of mechanical components; Quality control and Condition monitoring; Management of industrial projects and production lines; Design of hydraulic/pneumatic systems; Retail, design or development of air conditioning equipment; Engineering supervisor; Management of maintenance teams and production services; Technical education. 12.6.1.3

Purpose of the Qualification

The purpose of the National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical is to train technicians who will meet the criteria for registration as a professional technician by the Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA), and who will display competence as part of the engineering team in the execution of technical tasks under remote supervision by using and applying their knowledge in independent judgement in the identification and solution of complex Mechanical engineering problems. This qualification is intended for technician level employment in industry within the range of planning, design, construction and maintenance of Mechanical Engineering operations. Diplomats achieving this qualification should, after initial supervision, be able to apply engineering principles, techniques and instruments to systematically diagnose an solve well-defined Mechanical Engineering problems, perform procedural design functions of limited context, be able to use appropriate terminology, style and structure to communicate effectively with superiors and subordinates, apply management concepts to projects and operations and exhibit an awareness of ethics, professionalism, safety and consideration of the social and natural environment. 12.6.1.4 • • • • •


Ability to apply Mechanical Engineering principles to systematically diagnose and solve well-defined Mechanical Engineering problems. Demonstrate the application of knowledge and the requisite skills in a Mechanical Engineering environment. Perform procedural design of well-defined elements/components to meet desired needs within applicable standards, codes of practice and legislation. Communicate technical, supervisory and general management information effectively, both orally and in writing, using appropriate language, structure, style and graphical support. Acquire knowledge of self-management principles and concepts for managing projects and/or operations within the Mechanical Engineering environment, within the range: Maintenance, Operation, Development, Safety, Quality Assurance, and Environmental.

The graduate achieving this qualification should therefore be able to: • Perform procedural design of well-defined elements/components to meet desired needs within applicable standards, codes of practice and legislation. 136 SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

• • • • • • • •

Follow developments in Mechanical Engineering and critique the status of current knowledge. Apply the knowledge gained to new, well-defined, situations, both concrete and abstract, in the workplace/community. Gather evidence from primary sources and journals using appropriate retrieval skills, and organise, synthesise and present the information professionally in a mode appropriate to the audience. Use basic methods of enquiry in a Mechanical Engineering environment to contribute to a project. Demonstrate the capacity to explore and exploit educational, entrepreneurial, and career opportunities, and to develop him/her professionally, including the ability to proceed to the BTech level. Make independent decisions taking into account the relevant technical, economic, social, safety and environmental factors. Work independently, as a member of a team and as a supervisor Relate Mechanical Engineering activities to environmental, safety, cultural and economic sustainability.

This qualification promotes, in particular, the following Critical Cross-Field Outcomes: In the problem solving process, the student is expected to be both creative and critical. Working effectively with others as a member of a group, organization and community, e.g. demonstrate effectiveness in: • individual work and the ability to function in a team situation; • communication, including receiving advice from supervisors. • Self management by organizing and managing oneself and one’s activities responsibly and effectively; • Collecting, analyzing, organizing and critically evaluating information; • Communicating effectively using visual, mathematical and / or language skills in the modes of oral and / or written persuasion when presenting design and investigations; • Using science and technology effectively and critically, showing responsibility towards the environment and health of others; • Demonstrating and understanding of the world as a set of related systems by recognizing that problem-solving contexts do not exist in isolation by taking technical, social, economic, environmental factors into account. 12.6.1.5


12.6.1.5.1


The programme is offered in terms of the: • Formal Technikon Instructional Programmes in the RSA - NATED Report 151 (01/04) of Education NATED 150/151 document. • South African Qualifications Authority Registered Qualification: National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical - SAQA 0480/09 - ID 80161 12.6.1.5.2


The programme is career orientated because academic study is combined with related projects and in-service training in industry. The Mechanical Engineering courses are developed cooperatively using inputs from both academic and industrial sources on a continuous basis. 137

2014

PROSPECTUS

12.6.1.5.3


One of the objectives of the programme is to make the theory covered under the coursework more meaningful, and therefore improve the skills of students through on-site “hands-on” work exposure. To achieve this, practical demonstrations and site visits are arranged during the course. This exercise has proved popular and beneficial to students as it enables the students who participate to broaden their understanding of the various engineering fields; it also provides students with a real “feel” of engineering. 12.6.1.6


Learning activities are structured in a way that focuses the students learning experiences and creates opportunity for development via feedback. Students must be prepared to work independently using their own initiative in order to develop the ability to reason methodically and think creatively. 12.6.1.7


12.6.1.7.1


National Senior Certificate APS Required NSC Subjects (Compulsory)

Recommended NSC Subjects (Not Compulsory) Engineering graphics and design Mechanical Technology

Other

Minimum statutory NSC NSC achievement rating of at requirements for diploma least 3 (40-49%) for English entry must be met. at a Home Language or First Applicants are required Additional Language level to participate in National NSC Achievement rating Benchmarking and SATAPS of at least 4 (50-59%) for Tests Mathematics (not Mathematics Literacy) NSC achievement rating of at least 4 (50-59%) for Physical Sciences. Grade 12/Matric Senior Certificate Requirement: An E-symbol for English (2nd language) on the Higher Grade. In addition, an E-symbol on the Higher Grade or a D-symbol on the Standard Grade for Mathematics and Physical Science. 30


138

FET Colleges National Certificate Requirement: An N3 certificate with C-symbols for at least four subjects including Mathematics and Engineering Science or a D-symbol at N4 level as well as the language requirements as specified for the Senior Certificate. National Certificate (Vocational) Level 4: Requirements as defined in Government Gazette 32743 dated 26th November 2009 with specific requirements as set out below: • Must meet NC(V) level 4 statutory requirements • Must obtain 50% in the three fundamental subjects which in the case of this programme are required to be: * English, as it is the university’s language of learning and teaching (LOTL); * Mathematics (not Mathematics Literacy) * Life Orientation • 50% in Physical Science • 60% for three of the following compulsory vocational modules (in any combination): * Engineering Processes * Engineering Technology * Fitting and Turning * Automotive Repair & Maintenance * Engineering Fabrication – Boilermaking or Sheet Metal Worker * Welding * Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Process * Electro-technology * Computer Integrated Manufacturing * Mechatronic Systems All NC(V) 4 applicants are required to participate and perform satisfactorily in the Placement Tests (SATAPS/NBT’s) as is conducted by the department. Recognition of prior learning (RPL) RPL may be used to demonstrate competence for admission to this programme. This qualification may be achieved in part through recognition of prior learning processes. Credits achieved by RPL must not exceed 50% of the total credits and must not include credits at the exit level. The provision that the qualification may be obtained through the recognition of prior learning, facilitates access to an education, training and career path in engineering and thus accelerates the redress of past unfair discrimination in education, training and employment opportunities. Evidence of prior learning must be assessed through formal RPL processes through recognized methods. Any other evidence of prior learning should be assessed through formal RPL processes to recognize achievement thereof. Learners submitting themselves for RPL should be thoroughly briefed prior to the assessment and will be required to submit a Portfolio of Evidence (PoE) in the prescribed format to be assessed for formal recognition. While this is primarily a workplace-based qualification, evidence from other areas of learning may be introduced if pertinent to any of the Exit Level Outcomes (ELOs). The structure of this non-unit standard based qualification makes RPL possible, if the learner is able to demonstrate competence in the knowledge, skills, values and attitudes implicit in this first stage engineering qualification. Learners who already work in the engineering industry who believe they possess competencies to enable them to meet some or all of the ELOs listed in the qualification will be able to present themselves for assessment against those of their choice. 139

2014

PROSPECTUS

International Students Applications from international students are considered in terms of: • HESA/Institutional guideline document, “Exemption Requirements: Foreign School Qualifications” • institutional equivalence reference document • (where required) submission of international qualification to SAQA for benchmarking in terms of HEQF Mature Age Endorsement Refer to requirements as per WSU’s General Rules & Regulations – Section 1.6 12.6.1.7.2


The initial selection of new students is based on an applicant’s NSC or Matric results. Where an applicant has symbols one level above the minimum admission requirement for Maths and Science such an applicant will be offered direct enrolment. Students offered direct enrolment will however be required to participate in Standardised Assessment Tests (SATAPs), but in such cases the results will only be used for diagnostic evaluation. Students who do not gain direct enrolment, but who meets the basic requirements are provisionally accepted. Such students are required to complete a set of three SATAP tests, which comprise of Mathematics, Physical Science and English Proficiency. Each SATAP test takes 2 hours to complete. Results from SATAP tests and Matric/NSC symbols are then graded using a conversion scale. Grade 12/NSC results constitute 50% of the graded mark (other 50% forthcoming from SATAP’s). On completion of the SATAP tests the applicants are rated according to their (graded) marks. Those with highest marks will be offered direct enrolment entry into the National Diploma programme, at the campus where they have applied. All enrolments are subject to quota limitations. 12.6.1.7.3

Programme Rules



For Admission Rules see the section on Admission Requirements above. In addition the Department will consider courses done at other Tertiary Institutions for exemption, in accordance with the Rules and Regulations of the University subject to the following criteria. If a student wishes to graduate from WSU but decides to enroll for one or more programme courses at another university, then the student must lodge a written application (through the HOD to Director of School) before registration at the other Institution. Students must take note of the institutional rules which state that: • Not more than 50 % of the courses in the qualification will be exempted in this way. • All exit level courses must be done at WSU. • Only in exceptional circumstances will recognition of one (1) exit level subject from another university be considered but such consideration is subject to a recommendation from the Department and approval thereof by Senate.


140

•

Any provisional approval by school/faculty is subject to final approval by Senate [also see WSU’s General Rules & Regulations]. Where the applicant cannot meet the criteria as is stipulated in this section, the applicant will be advised that the qualification cannot be awarded by WSU and that he/she should apply to graduate at the other Institution. Applications from students wishing to enroll for individual courses, which will not lead to the award of a qualification (i.e. enroll for non degree/diploma purposes) will only be considered after students wishing to study towards full degree/diploma qualifications have been accommodated, as enrolment is subject to space being available. Students coming from other higher education institutions are to be advised at admission, by the Head of Department that admission to the programme remains provisional and that at registration they are required to immediately apply for recognition of any credits which they wish to be considered. Approval of such applications is subject to the application for recognition of credits being approved by Senate. Where a student wishes to apply to graduate the fully completed applications for recognition of credits, if it forms part of the grad application must be received by the HoD before 15th January (for May graduation event) and before 30 April (for September graduation event). Failure to comply with these requirements will result in non processing of applications and/or automatic de-registration of students. 12.6.1.7.5

Progression Rules

12.6.1.7.5.1


Students should take note of the institutional rules G7-G11 on re-admission of students to undergraduate programmes. As provided for under institutional rules G8.1, G8.2. G9.1 & G9.2 the Department of Mechanical Engineering has set the criteria for re-admission for the ND: Mechanical Engineering programme as per table in section 12.6.1.7.6.2 below. Registration requirements that must be met a. First time entering students must enroll for all the required courses at that level (i.e. at S1/ Level 1A). b. If a student fails courses spanning multiple levels then the student must firstly enroll for the courses at the lower level. Consideration for enrolment of courses at the higher level will only be considered if the pre-requisite criteria for these courses are met AND if there are no timetable clashes. c. A student will not be allowed to jump levels or enroll for courses at more than two levels (e.g. a student with S1 courses outstanding cannot enroll for S3 courses but will be required to complete the S1 first). d. The Head of Department may limit the number of courses that a student may enroll for when poor academic progress is evident. 12.6.1.7.6

Exit Rules

12.6.1.7.6.1

Completion Rules

Over and above the requirements as set out below an application for the award of a qualification will be scrutinised for compliance to the statutory requirements as is set out in NATED documents together with the requirements as is described in WSU’s General Rules & Regulations. 141

2014

PROSPECTUS

The qualification will be awarded after completing 360 SAQA credits (3 NATED credits) with: • 120 SAQA credits (1 NATED credits) obtained from the two compulsory in-service training course offerings • 240 SAQA credits (2 NATED credits) obtained from the listed instructional offerings with at least 60 SAQA credits (0,5 NATED credits) obtained from level III instructional offerings. 12.6.1.7.6.2

Exclusion Rules

Students should take specific note of the WSU’s General Rules & Regulations (specifically rules G7-G11) on re-admission and exclusion of students to undergraduate programmes. The specific rules on exclusion for the ND: Mechanical Engineering programme is as follows: A student that progresses at a slower rate than that set out below, will be refused further readmission on the grounds of “poor academic performance” Theory subjects (Levels 1, 2 & 3): At the end of academic period (semester) Minimum credits in theory subjects that student must have obtained

1 30

2 60

3 90

4 5 6 7 8 120 150 180 210 240

WIL subjects (P1 & P2) For each academic period (semester) that student is enrolled

1

2


60

120


Programmes offering

The Department of Mechanical Engineering currently operates from the College Street Delivery Site in East London, Buffalo City, as well as the Ibika Delivery Site at Butterworth. Different sites offer different components of the programme as detailed below:


142

Portion of Programme Chiselhurst Delivery Site Ibika Delivery Site Offered in 1st semester S1: Main Stream Offered in 1st and 2nd semester st nd Offered in 2nd semester S2: Main Stream Offered in 1 and 2 semester st nd Offered in 1st semester S3: Main Stream Offered in 1 and 2 semester st nd Offered in 2nd semester S4: Main Stream Offered in 1 and 2 semester Industry based: Enrolment P1: Work Integrated Industry based: Enrolment in 1st and 2nd semester in 1st and 2nd semester Learning st Industry based: Enrolment P2: Work Integrated Industry based: Enrolment in 1 in 1st and 2nd semester and 2nd semester Learning Note: All offerings are subject to viable student enrolment numbers being met (as determined by HOD) and all physical and human resources being available. 12.6.1.7.8


S1 — 6 Months Course Communication Studies I Computer and Programming Skills 1 Mechanics I Mechanical Engineering Drawing I Mechanical Manufacturing Engineering 1 Mathematics I Total credits for this period S2 — 6 Months Course Computer Aided Draughting I Fluid Mechanics II Mechanics of Machines II Strength of Materials II Thermodynamics II Mathematics II Total credits for this period CEP 2 — 6 Months in industry Course Mechanical Engineering Practice I (P1) Total credits for this period CEP 2B — 6 Months in industry Course Mechanical Engineering Practice II (P2) Total credits for this period S3 — 6 Months Course Mechanical Engineering Design II 143

Code CMST1/0 CAPS11/0 MECH1/0 MEDR1/0 MMEN1/0 MATH1/0

Credit 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 60 (0,5)

Code CADA1/0 FMEC2/0 MECM2/0 STMA2/0 MTHE2/0 MATH2/0

Credit 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 60 (0,5)

Code MEEP1/0

Credit 60 (0,5) 60 (0,5)

Code MEEP2/0

Credit 60 (0,5) 60 (0,5)

Code MEDS2/0

Credit 10 (0.083)

2014

PROSPECTUS

Fluid Mechanics III Mechanics of Machines III Strength of Materials III Thermodynamics III Mathematics III Mechanical Manufacturing II Total credits for this period S4 — 6 Months Course Applied Strength of Materials III Mechanical Engineering Design III Hydraulic Machines III Steam Plant III Mechanical Manufacturing II Management Skills I Electro-technology I Mechanical Manufacturing III Total credits for this period 12.6.1.7.9

FMEA3/0 MECA3/0 STMA3/0 MTHA3/0 MATH3/0 MMEN2/0

10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 10 (0,083) 60 (0,5)

Code STMB3/0 MEDA3/0 FMEB3/0 MTHB3/0 MMEN2/0 MANM1/0 ELTC1/0 MMEA3/0

Credit 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 60 (0,5)


To fulfill the requirements of the National Diploma a student must complete at least one year of applicable experiential learning. In the curriculum the experiential learning has been divided into two semester modules namely Mechanical Engineering Practice 1 and Mechanical Engineering Practice 2. A manual outlining the requirements for successful completion of this component of the curriculum is obtainable from the Co-operative Education department. The set out curricula for each of the disciplines, previously listed, is the ideal suggested progression. A student who possesses the following experience/qualifications may apply for recognition of credits for Mechanical Engineering Practice I or II, the application which will be subject to Senate approval: • A student who has completed an (in-house or in-company) apprenticeship in a mechanical engineering discipline may apply to be exempted for Mechanical Engineering Practice I. • A student who has completed an apprenticeship and has been evaluated by a governmental service provider in a mechanical engineering discipline may apply to be exempted for Mechanical Engineering Practice I & II. • A student with a Government Certificate of Competency (GCC), Mines or Works may apply to be exempted for both Mechanical Engineering Practice I and II. 12.6.1.7.10


Course Computer Aided Draughting I Fluid Mechanics II Mechanics of Machines II


Pre-/co-Requisites Mechanical Engineering Drawing I; Computer Skills I Mechanics I, Mathematics I, Mechanical Engineering Drawing I Mechanics I, Mathematics I, Mechanical Engineering Drawing I 144

Strength of Materials II Thermodynamics II Mechanical Engineering Design II Mathematics II Electrotechnology I Mathematics III Fluid Mechanics III Mechanics of Machines III Strength of Materials III Thermodynamics III Applied Strength of Materials III Mechanical Engineering Practice I Mechanical Engineering Practice II Mechanical Engineering Design III Hydraulic Machines III Steam Plant III Mechanical Manufacturing II Mechanical Manufacturing III Electro-technology II Electro-technology III Motor Vehicle Engineering II Motor Vehicle Engineering III 12.6.1.7.11

Mechanics I, Mathematics I, Mechanical Engineering Drawing I Mechanics I, Mathematics I, Mechanical Engineering Drawing I Mechanics I, Mathematics I, Mechanical Engineering Drawing I Mathematics I Mathematics I (Co-Requisite) Mathematics II Fluid Mechanics II Mechanics of Machines II Strength of Materials II Thermodynamics II Strength of Materials III Completed S2 Level or a minimum of 120 (1,0) Academic Credit Completed S3 Level; Mechanical Engineering Practice I or a minimum of 180 (1.5) Academic Credits Mechanical Engineering Design II; Fluid Mechanics III Thermodynamics III Mechanical Manufacturing I Mechanical Manufacturing II Electro-technology I Electro-technology II Motor Vehicle Engineering I Motor Vehicle Engineering II

Available electives

Note: Offerings of electives cannot be guaranteed and are subject to physical and human resources being available and viable student enrolment numbers being met (as determined by HOD). Course

Code

Mechanical Manufacturing II Mechanical Manufacturing III Electrotechnology I Electrotechnology II Electrotechnology III

MMEN2/0 MMEA3/0 ELTC1/0 ELTC2/0 ELTC3/0

145

Offered at Chiselhurst √ √ √ √ √

Offered at Ibika √ √ √ x x

2014

PROSPECTUS

12.6.1.7.12





Articulation

Vertical Vertical Articulation is possible with: Bachelor of Engineering Technology, NQF Level 7. The Exit Level Outcomes ensure that a graduate of a programme meeting these standards would meet requirements for entry to a number of programmes including: A candidacy programme toward registration as a Professional Engineering Technician. A Studentship programme directed at becoming registered as a Professional Engineering Technician or meeting other industry requirements. Formal specialist study toward the B.Eng Tech. Horizontal Within WSU: Horizontal Articulation is possible with NQF Level 6 qualifications offered by WSU, e.g. Diploma in Management, NQF Level 6, subject to the admission requirements of that qualification. Other Universities: Horizontal Articulation is possible with NQF Level 6 qualifications offered by other universities, subject to the relevant institution’s admission requirements. Professional Articulation: After graduation a candidacy programme toward registration as a Professional Engineering Technician can be followed as per conditions laid down by Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA). 12.6.1.8


COMMUNICATION Course Code CMST 1/0 Lectures per week

Course Name (see above) Pracs per week


6 x 45 min

1 X 45 min

None

Content/ Syllabus



Theory: Listening Skills, Thinking Skills, Speaking Skills, Writing Skills, Academic Writing, Reading Skills, Information Gathering Skills, Principles and Models of Communication. Practicals:: Language Lab ( L100 Software) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments. . Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: See section under Pre-requisite courses


146

COMPUTER SKILLS Course Code Course Name CAPS1/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per semester



6 x 45 min

None

15

None


Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Basic Concepts of IT. 2. File Management. 3. Word Processing. 4. Spreadsheets. 5. Presentations. 6. Information and Communication. Practicals: Presentation module will be done practically as students will learn a variety of skills such as research, group working, speaking, confidence as well as using the application itself. Mech Ext may submit a word processing assignment should it be deemed necessary. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments. . Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. MECHANICS 1 Course Code MECH 1/0 Lectures per week

Course Name (see above) Pracs per sem



6 x 45 min

3 x 2 hrs

None

15


Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Units, physical quantities and vectors. 2. Kinematics. 3. Dynamics. 4. Statics. 5. Work and Energy. 6. Impulse and momentum. 7. Rotational motion. Practicals: Consist of three experiments chosen from approved syllabus. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments. . Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: See section under Pre-requisite courses MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DRAWING I Course Code Course Name MEDR 1/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per sem 6 x 45 min

None




Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Introduction of Drawing Equipments, Basic Drawing Principles, Application of Freehand Sketching, Assembly Drawing, Introduction to AutoCAD, 2D Drawing with AutoCAD. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments. . Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%.

147

2014

PROSPECTUS

MECHANICAL MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING I Course Code Course Name NQF Level MMEN1/0 (see above) 5 Lectures per week Pracs per semester Tutorials per week


6 x 45 min

15

10 x 2 hrs

0


Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Safe practices. 2. Hand processes. 3. Marking out. 4. Sheet-metal operations. 5. Measuring equipment. 6. Cutting tools and cutting fluids. 7. Drilling. 8. Turning. 9. Surface grinding. 10. Milling. 11. Joining Methods. 12. Materials Practicals: Consist of a project to be made by students in the workshop. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments. . Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%.

MATHEMATICS I Course Code MATH 1/0 Lectures per week

Course Name (see above) Pracs



6 x 45 min

None

1 x 2 hours

15


Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Radian measure. 2. Trigonometry. 3. Determinants. 4. Logarithms. 5. Complex numbers. 6. Differentiation. 7. Applications of Derivatives. 8. Integration and Applications on Integration. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. COMPUTER AIDED DRAUGHTING Course Code Course Name CADA1/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per year 6 x 45 min None

NQF Level 5 Tutorials per week 1 x 2 hrs

Content/Syllabus



Theory: 1. Introduction, 2. Organising your drawing Setup, 3. Using coordinate systems, 4. Creating Objects, 5. Editing methods, 6. Using object snap, 7. Controlling the draw display 8. Dimensioning 9. Working with text 10. Hatching 11. Calculating 12. Blocks and xrefs 13. Plotting 14. Three-Dimensional Space 15. Creating solids 16. Meshed Surfaces 17. Editing in 3D 18. Rendering 19. Working with Paper Space 20. Working with content. Practical: None Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments. . Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%.


148

FLUID MECHANICS II Course Code Course Name FMEC 2/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per semester 6 x 45 min 3 x 2 hrs




Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Static Pressure and Head 2. Fluid Pressure on Surfaces. 3. Buoyancy and stability of floating bodies. 4. Liquid in Motion. 5. Flow measurement _ venture and Pitot tube. 6. Flow measurement _ Small and Large Orifices. 7. Flow measurement _ Notches and Weirs. Practicals: Consist of three experiments and two research report chosen from approved sections. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

MECHANICS OF MACHINES II Course Code Course Name MECM 2/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per Semester 6 x 45 min

3 x 2 hrs

NQF Level 5 Tutorials per week (PAL) 3 x 45 min



Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Vehicle Dynamics. 2. Belt Drives and Band Brakes. 3. Moments of Inertia. 4. Simple Harmonic Motion. 5. Hoisting and Hauling Machines. 6. Friction Clutches. Practicals:: Consist of three experiments-Belts, Simple Harmonic Motion and Centripetal Force Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. STRENGTH OF MATERIALS II Course Code Course Name STMA2/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per semester 6 x 45 min

3 x 2 hrs




Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Simple stress and strain 2. Behavior of materials in tension. 3. Compound bars. 4. Thin Cylinders. 5. Thin Rotating Rims. 6. Shear force and Bending moment in beams. 7. Close Coiled helical Springs. 8. Pin Jointed frames. 9. Material testing. Practicals: Consist of three experiments. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

149

2014

PROSPECTUS

THERMODYNAMICS II Course Code Course Name MTHE 2/0 (see above) Lectures per week

Pracs per semester

6 x 45 min

3 x 2 hrs

NQF Level 5

Credits 10 (0.083)

Duration Semester

Project per semester 3 x 45 min

Number of weeks

Notional hours 100

15

Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Gases. 2. Properties of water and steam. 3. Basic steam plant layout. 4. Condensers. 5. Combustion. Practicals: consist of three experiments chosen from approved thermodynamics sections. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MATHEMATICS II Course Code MATH 2/0 Lectures per week


6 x 45 min

None




Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Matrix Algebra. 2. Hyperbolic Functions. 3. Parametric Equations. 4. Newton’s Method. 5. Partial Differentiation. 6. Integration techniques and integration applications. 7. First Order Differential Equations. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN II Course Code Course Name NQF Level Credits MEDS 2/0 (see above) 6 10 (0.083) Lectures per Pracs per semester Tutorials per week Number of weeks week 6 x 45 min 3 x 2 hrs None 15


Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Introduction to the Design Process. 2. Circular Shaft. 3. Keys and splined connections. 4 Couplings and Joints. 5. Gear Design 6. Welded Joints. 7 .Fasteners and bolted connections. 8. Belt and bearings. Practicals: Consist of three projects and research report chosen from approved sections. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments. . Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. FLUID MECHANICS III Course Code Course Name FMEA 3/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per semester 6 x 45 min

3 x 2 hrs



150



Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1.Pipe flow. 2. Transmission of power in pipeline. 3. Quasi Steady Flow. 4. Dimensional Analysis and Similarity. 5. Viscous Flow. 6. Hydrodynamic. 7. Vortices. Practicals: Consist of three experiments. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

MATHEMATICS III Course Code MATH 3/0 Lectures per week

Course Name (see above) Pracs per semester

6 x 45 min

None




Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Laplace Transforms. 2. Linear Differential Equations of the second order and higher. 3. Systems of Linear Algebraic Equations. 4. Harmonics. 5. Numerical Methods. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. STRENGTH OF MATERIAL IIIA Course Code Course Name STMA 3/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per week 6 x 45 min 3 x 2 hrs




Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Bending stress in beams. 2. Shear stress in beams. 3. Catenaries. 4. Temperature stresses. 5. Strain energy absorbed by materials. 6. Fatigue and Creep Practicals: Consist of three experiments chosen from approved syllabus. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

THERMODYNAMICS III Course Code Course Name MTHA 3/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per Semester 6 x 45 min

3 x 2 hrs




Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1.Gas and Steam processes 2. Compressors. 3. Internal Combustion Engines. 4. Refrigeration. 5. Nozzles. 6. Revision. Practicals:: Consist of three experiments/Projects, i.e. Refrigeration, Compressors and Steam Nozzles Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: See section under Pre-requisite courses

151

2014

PROSPECTUS

APPLIED STRENGTH OF MATERIALS III B Course Code Course Name NQF Level STMB 3/0 (see above) 6 Lectures per week Pracs per semester Tutorials per week


6 x 45 min

15

3 x 2 hrs

None


Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Slope and deflection of beams. 2. Thick Cylinders. 3. Laminated Springs. 4. Struts. 5. Transformation of stress and strain. Practicals: Consist of three experiments chosen from approved syllabus. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN III Course Code Course Name MEDA 3/0 (see above) Lectures per week Group consultation sessions/week 6 x 45 min 2 hrs



None

15


Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1.Project Management 2.MS Project 3.Engineering Design, 4.Problem Identification, 5.Design Proposal, 6.Creativity, 7.Design Drawings, 8.Design Analysis, 9.Implimentation, 10.Report Writing Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments. . Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. HYDRAULIC MACHINES III Course Code Course Name FMEB 3/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per semester 6 x 45 min

3 x 2 hrs




15

100

Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Impulse Turbine. 2. Reaction Turbine. 3. Similarity of turbines. 4. Rotodynamic Pumps. 5. Pump Characteristic Curves. 6. Pumping System-Pump Selection and Operation. 7. Pumps: General and Technical data. Practicals: Consist of three experiments. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. THERMODYNAMICS III Course Code Course Name MTHA 3/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per Semester


3 x 2 hrs

Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1.Gas and Steam processes 2. Compressors. 3. Internal Combustion Engines. 4. Refrigeration. 5. Nozzles. 6. Revision. Practicals: Consist of three experiments/Projects, i.e. Refrigeration, Compressors and Steam Nozzles

152

15


6 x 45 min


3 x 45 min


Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: See section under Pre-requisite courses MECHANICAL MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING II Course Code Course Name NQF Level MMEN2/0 (see above) 6 Lectures per week Pracs per semester Tutorials per week


6 x 45 min

15

10 x 2 hrs

None


Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1.Fault Diagnosis, Failure Analysis and Advanced measuring equipment, 2. Test Methods, Interpretation and Action., 3. Powder Metallurgy, 4.Metal forming, 5. Casting, 6. Plastics-Moulding and machining, 7. Obtaining Finnish and Accuracy. Practical: Workshop manufacturing Project Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. MANAGEMENT SKILLS 1 Course Code Course Name MANM1/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per semester 6 x 45 min

None

NQF Level Tutorials per week 3 x 45 min



Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Introduction to management. 2. Evolution of management theory. 3. Managing in a changing environment. 4. Business environment. 5. Goal formation. 6. Planning. 7. Managerial Decision making. 8. Organization Design. 9. Authority, Power and Job design. 10. Leadership. 11. Motivation. 12. Communication and Negotiation. 13. Control. 14. Entrepreneurship and small business management in perspective. 15. Basic business concepts for the prospective entrepreneur. 16 Identification of feasible small business ideas. 17. Viability of a small business idea. 18. Business plan. 19 Setting up a business. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments. . Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. ELECTROTECHNOLOGY I Course Code Course Name ELTC1/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per semester 6 x 45 min 3 x 2 hrs

NQF Level Tutorials per week 3 x 45 min



Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Intro to Electricity and Basic Concepts. 2. Resistance. 3. Electrical Circuits. 4. Electromagnetism. 5. Inductance. 6. Capacitance. 7. Measuring Instruments. 8. Cells. 9. Basic AC Theory. Practicals: Consist of three experiments and two research report chosen from approved sections. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments. . Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%.

153

2014

PROSPECTUS

MECHANICAL MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING III Course Code Course Name NQF Level MMEA3/0 (see above) 6 Lectures per week Pracs per semester Tutorials per week


6 x 45 min

15

10 x 2 hrs

None


Content/ Syllabus

Theory: Overview of traditional Manufacturing process, 2. Jigs and fixtures, 4. Non-traditional Machining, 5. Advanced Machine Tools, 6. Automation, 7. CNC Machines, 8. CAD/CAM, 9. Robotics, 10. Flexible Manufacturing system. Practical: Project Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments. . Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICE 1 Course Code Course Name MEEP 1/0 (see above) Site visits once per One on one consultation semester sessions 2hrs/student 1hr/student

NQF Level Credits 6 0.5 Number of weeks


24

Content/ Syllabus

Practical: 1. Workshop Practice, 2. Measuring equipment and hand tools, 3. Turning, 4. Milling, 5. Welding, 6. On-the-job training, 7. Practical workshop experience, planning and handling of material; 8. Maintenance production and construction experience. 9. Inventory control and storage. 10. Operational / service activity investigation and Project Work (Lower level) Assessment: Final mark will be obtained based on logbook submission and evaluation from site visit. Either a Pass mark or Fail mark awarded. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICE 2 Course Code Course Name MEEP2/0 (see above) Site visits once per One on one consultation semester sessions 2hrs/student 1hr/student

NQF Level Credits 6 0.5 Number of weeks


24

1200

Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1.Design Process, 2. Project and systems development work, 3. Project Management, 4. Engineering equipment and systems. 5. Power Point Presentations. Assessment: Final mark will be obtained based on logbook submission and evaluation from site visit. Either a Pass mark or Fail mark awarded.

12.6.2

National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical [Extended Programme]

12.6.2.1


For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical. 12.6.2.2


For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical. 154 SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

12.6.2.3


The purpose for National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical Extended Programme is to equip underprepared students, who wish to study towards a National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical. Additional modules are therefore introduced at S1 and S2 levels, hence the extended time period for the completion of this programme. In order to achieve its purpose the programme aims to: • • • • • * * * •

Provide students at risk with a viable platform to successfully undertake Mechanical Engineering studies at tertiary education level. Provide students from disadvantaged backgrounds with an adequate level of foundational competence which is based on specific and discipline-related knowledge. Improve the retention and throughput of disadvantaged students entering the mainstream programme. Provide a learning environment where the gap in terms of disadvantaged student needs and the student support required are bridged. Provide a student who has the potential to succeed with Mechanical Engineering studies at tertiary level with an opportunity to: gain a contextualized understanding of the field of Mechanical Engineering; develop the knowledge and skills to engage in basic Mechanical Engineering practices effectively; become familiar with the application of basic knowledge and skills in the Mechanical Engineering discipline. Ensure that the required educational quality standards in teaching and learning are maintained while at the same time achieving the above aims.

The rationale for the National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical Extended Programme is therefore essentially the same as for the three year National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical programme but is specifically designed in such a way to benefit students by providing support to students to obtain essential skills for completion of the National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical. Students successfully completing the Extended Programme will thus be able to: • • • •

Develop a contextualised understanding of the field of Mechanical Engineering. Develop the knowledge and skills to engage in Mechanical Engineering practices effectively. Apply knowledge and skills in the Mechanical Engineering academic environments. Continue with their studies beyond the S2 level towards the obtainment of a National Diploma: Mechanical.

12.6.2.4


The exit level outcomes for National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical Extended Programme are the same as for the three year National Diploma programme [details are as indicated for that programme]. There are however, outcomes which the Extended Programme aims to reenforce to better equip the students. These additional modules are introduced at S1 and S2 levels, hence the extended time period. The additional outcomes of the National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical Extended Programme are: • To ensure students understand and are able to master the basic concepts of mathematics, physics and building science and their application which forms part of the National Diploma Engineering: Mechanical programme. • To develop students computer skills in order to equip them for further academic studies. 155 2014 PROSPECTUS

• •

To enhance and develop the students’ academic skills with particular emphasis on academic literacy as applicable to the National Diploma Engineering: Mechanical programme. To develop students’ life skills in order that they can use the tools (e.g. study and time management skills) in their studies.

12.6.2.5


12.6.2.5.1


For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical. 12.6.2.5.2


Courses on the academic programme is offered in terms of the Department of Higher Education Grant approval for offering of Extended Programme, which include foundation provision, which is in addition to the courses required as part of the academic structure as per the Departments of Education NATED 150/151 document for the National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical. 12.6.2.5.3




In order to allow for foundational material to be integrated into the Diploma courses, the programme is extended by six months in both the first and second semester periods of study. For some courses the foundational provision is in the form of additional material necessary to facilitate the students understanding of the Diploma course material. In other courses the foundational provision is in the form of the extra time available in the extended programme. The extra time enables lecturers to spend longer on the very difficult sections of work, test more frequently to identify problem areas, revise at regular intervals and revisit problem areas as they are identified. This is very beneficial to Extended Programme students. After two years of receiving foundational support the students have had sufficient support to enable them to cope with the main stream Semester 3 and Semester 4. 12.6.2.6


12.6.2.6.1


The minimum admission requirements are the same as for the National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical (for details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical). 12.6.2.6.2


The initial selection of new students is based on an applicant’s NSC or Matric results. Students who do not gain direct acceptance, but who meets the minimum admission requirements are provisionally accepted. Students who do not gain direct acceptance are required to complete a set of three Standardised Assessment Tests (SATAPs), which comprise of Mathematics, Physical Science and English Proficiency. Each SATAP test takes 2 hours to complete. Results from SATAP tests and Matric/NSC symbols are then graded using a conversion scale.


156

Grade 12/NSC results constitute 50% of the graded mark (other 50% forthcoming from SATAP’s). On completion of the SATS tests the applicants are rated according to their (graded) marks. Applicants who do not gain direct entry into the (mainstream) National Diploma programme are considered for enrolment into the Extended programme (on sites where the Extended programme is offered). Selection is based on the weighted marks obtained by applicants and is subject to quota limitations. 12.6.2.6.3

Programme Rules




Progression Rules

12.6.2.6.5.1


Students should take note of the institutional rules G7-G11 on re-admission of students to undergraduate programmes. As provided for under institutional rules G8.1, G8.2. G9.1 & G9.2 the Department of Civil Engineering has set the criteria for re-admission for the ND: Mechanical Engineering Extended programme as per table in section 12.6.2.6.7.2 below. 12.6.2.6.6


Students who successfully complete all S1 courses after Year 1, and who obtain an aggregate of at least 70% for each of the courses listed below, will be eligible for consideration by the HOD, for promotion to the S2 main stream programme. [Courses: Mechanics I, Mechanical Engineering Drawing I, Mechanical Manufacturing Engineering I, Mathematics I] 12.6.2.6.7

Exit Rules

12.6.2.6.7.1

Completion Rules

The Extended Programme forms part of National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical qualification, of which the exit / completion details are described under the National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical. 12.6.2.6.7.2

Exclusion Rules

Students should take specific note of the WSU’s General Rules & Regulations (specifically rules G7-G11) on re-admission and exclusion of students to undergraduate programmes.

157

2014

PROSPECTUS

The specific rules on exclusion for the ND: Mechanical Engineering Extended programme is as follows: A student that progresses at a slower rate than that set out below, will be refused further readmission on the grounds of “poor academic performance” While student is enrolled in Extended programme (Level 1A & 1B): At the end of academic period (semesters) Minimum credits in theory subjects that student must have obtained

1

2 50

3

4 100

5

6 120

Once student has progressed to mainstream programme (Level 2 & 3): At the end of academic period (semester) Minimum credits in theory subjects that student must have obtained

1 150

2 180

3 210

4 240


1

2


60

120


Extended Programmes offering Sites

The Department of Mechanical Engineering currently offers the Extended Programme at both the Chiselhurst delivery site (Buffalo City) and the Ibika delivery site (Butterworth). 12.6.2.6.9


In order to allow for foundational material to be integrated into the Diploma courses, the programme is extended by six months in both the first and second semester periods of study. For some courses the foundational provision is in the form of additional material necessary to facilitate the students understanding of the Diploma course material. In other courses the foundational provision is in the form of the extra time available in the extended programme. 158 SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

The extra time enables lecturers to spend longer on the very difficult sections of work, test more frequently to identify problem areas, revise at regular intervals and revisit problem areas as they are identified. This is very beneficial to Extended Programme students. After two years of receiving foundational support the students have had sufficient support to enable them to cope with the regular Semester 3 and Semester 4 courses without further foundational support. Students on the Extended Programme enroll for the following courses, which all contains foundational provision. The National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical Extended Programme is structured as follows: S1 — 12 Months Course Communication Studies I Computer and Programming Skills 1 Mechanics I Mechanical Engineering Drawing I Mechanical Manufacturing Engineering 1 Mathematics I Total credits for this period S2 — 12 Months Course Computer Aided Draughting I Fluid Mechanics II Mechanics of Machines II Strength of Materials II Thermodynamics II Mathematics II Total credits for this period

Code ECOM 1/0 ECPR 1/0 EMEC 1/0 EMED 1/0 EMME 1/0 EMAT 1/0

Credit 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 60 (0,5)

Code ECAD 1/0 EFME 2/0 EMEC 2/0 ESTM 2/0 EMTH 2/0 EMAT 2/0

Credit 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 10 (0.083) 60 (0,5)

Level 2 (P1 & S3) and Level 3 (P2 & S4) of this programme are described under the same section for National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical. Once a student on this programme progresses to S3 he/she follow the curriculum as is described for the National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical. 12.6.2.6.10




S2 Courses Computer Aided Draughting I Fluid Mechanics II

Pre-Requisite Mechanical Engineering Drawing I; Computer Skills I Mechanics I, Mathematics I, Mechanical Engineering Drawing I 159

2014

PROSPECTUS

Mechanics of Machines II Strength of Materials II Thermodynamics II Mathematics II 12.6.2.6.12

Mechanics I, Mathematics I, Mechanical Engineering Drawing I Mechanics I, Mathematics I, Mechanical Engineering Drawing I Mechanics I, Mathematics I, Mechanical Engineering Drawing I Mathematics I

Available electives

None 12.6.2.6.13


The Extended Programme forms part of National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical qualification, of which the exit/ completion details are described under the National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical. 12.6.2.6.14 Programme Tuition Fees Students are referred to the Walter Sisulu University institutional Fee Booklet for costs of tuition fees, application fees, registration fees, late registration-fees and other student fees. 12.6.2.6.15

Articulation

The Extended Programme forms part of National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical qualification, of which the articulation details are described under the National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical. 12.6.2.7


For details see relevant courses under same section under the national diploma: engineering: mechanical note: codes are different (see curriculum above) as well as duration for completion of S1 and S2 courses in National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical [Extended], i.e. S1 and S2 are each of one year duration and includes foundational provision. COMMUNICATION Course Code Course Name ECOM 1/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per week



6 x 45 min

1 X 45 min

None

30

Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Academic literacy (F); 2.Computer literacy (F); 3.Process of Communication; 4.Organisational Communication; 5. Interpersonal Communication; 6. Non-verbal Communication; 7. Intercultural Communication; 8. Reading Strategies in the Computer Laboratory; 9. Technical report writing in the Computer Laboratory; 10. Multimedia communication (F);


Practicals: Language Lab (L100 Software); Continuous throughout the year (F); Presentation module (F); Submission of a portfolio of work (F)


160

Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: See section under Pre-requisite courses COMPUTER SKILLS Course Code Course Name ECAP1/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per semester



6 x 45 min

None

None

15

Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Introduction to the desktop computer – keyboard and monitor application (F); 2. Fundamentals of the desktop computer – the menu (F); 3. Basic Concepts of IT. 4. File Management. 5. Word Processing. 6. Spreadsheets. 7. Presentations. 8. Information and Communication. 9. Compilation of technical reports; 10.Fundamentals of Computer Aided Drawing (F);


Practicals: Continuous throughout the year. Presentation module. Submission of a portfolio of work. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. MECHANICS 1 Course Code EMEC 1/0 Lectures per week

Course Name (see above) Pracs per sem



6 x 45 min

3 x 2 hrs

None

30

Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Review of the basics of mathematical measurement and calculations needed for physics (F); 2. Review of the fundamentals of physics (F); 3. Units, physical quantities and vectors; 4. Kinematics; 5. Dynamics; 6. Statics; 7. Work and Energy; 8. Impulse and momentum; 9. Rotational motion.


Practicals: Consist of three fundamental experiments and three experiments chosen from approved syllabus. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. Entry Assumptions/Pre-requisites: See section under Pre-requisite courses

161

2014

PROSPECTUS

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DRAWING I Course Code Course Name NQF Level EMED 1/0 (see above) 5 Lectures per week Pracs per sem Tutorials per week


6 x 45 min

30

None

3 x 45 min


Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Introduction to Drawings (F); 2. Introduction to Drawing Applications and Practices (F); 3. Introduction to Drawing Equipment (F); 4. Use of Drawing Equipment; 5. Basic Drawing Principles, Application of Freehand Sketching, Assembly Drawing, Introduction to AutoCAD (F), 2D Drawing with AutoCAD. Practicals: Practicing sessions in AutoCAD (spread throughout year) (F) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. MECHANICAL MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING I Course Code Course Name NQF Level EMME1/0 (see above) 5 Lectures per week Pracs per semester Tutorials per week


6 x 45 min

10 x 2 hrs

30

Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Introduction to Basic Safety in the work environment (F); 2. Safe practices. 3. Introduction to Manufacturing Theory and Practices (F); 4. Hand processes; 5. Marking out; 6. Sheet-metal operations; 7. Measuring equipment; 8. Cutting tools and cutting fluids; 9. Drilling; 10. Turning; 11. Surface grinding; 12. Milling; 13. Joining Methods; 14. Materials

0


Practicals: Consist of a project to be made by students in the workshop. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. MATHEMATICS I Course Code EMAT 1/0 Lectures per week




6 x 45 min

None

1 x 2 hours

30

Content/ Syllabus


Theory: 1. Measurements and SI units (F); 2. Changing the subject of an equation (F); 3. Revision of logs and exponents (F); 4. Determinants & Cramer’s Rule; 5. Significant Figures; 6. Radian measure. 2. Trigonometry. 3. Determinants. 4. Logarithms. 5. Complex numbers. 6. Differentiation. 7. Applications of Derivatives. 8. Integration and Applications on Integration. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.


162

COMPUTER AIDED DRAUGHTING Course Code Course Name ECAD1/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per year 6 x 45 min

None



1 x 2 hrs

30


Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Introduction to CAD, 2. Organising your drawing Setup, 3. Using coordinate systems, 4. Creating Objects, 5. Editing methods, 6. Using object snap, 7. Controlling the draw display 8. Dimensioning 9. Working with text 10. Hatching 11. Calculating 12. Blocks and xrefs 13. Plotting 14. Three-Dimensional Space 15. Creating solids 16. Meshed Surfaces 17. Editing in 3D 18. Rendering 19. Working with Paper Space 20. Working with content. Practical: 10 x computer drawing labs Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%.

FLUID MECHANICS II Course Code Course Name EFME 2/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per semester



6 x 45 min

3 x 45 min

30

3 x 2 hrs


Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Review of hydraulic principles (F). 2. Static Pressure and Head. 3. Fluid Pressure on Surfaces. 4. Buoyancy and stability of floating bodies. 5. Liquid in Motion. 6. Flow measurement _ venture and Pitot tube. 7. Flow measurement _ Small and Large Orifices. 8. Flow measurement _ Notches and Weirs. Practicals: Consist of three fundamental experiments and three core experiments. Research work: Two research reports chosen from approved sections. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MECHANICS OF MACHINES II Course Code Course Name EMEC 2/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per Semester

NQF Level 5 Tutorials per week (PAL) 3 x 45 min



6 x 45 min

3 x 2 hrs

Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Introduction to Machines (F). 2.Vehicle Dynamics. 3. Belt Drives and Band Brakes. 4. Moments of Inertia. 5. Simple Harmonic Motion. 6. Hoisting and Hauling Machines. 7. Friction Clutches.

Practicals:: Consist of three fundamental experiments and three core experiments-Belts, Simple Harmonic Motion and Centripetal Force Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

163

2014

PROSPECTUS

STRENGTH OF MATERIALS II Course Code Course Name ESTM 2/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per semester



6 x 45 min

3 x 45 min

30

3 x 2 hrs


Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Introduction to engineering materials (F). 2. Simple stress and strain. 3. Behaviour of materials in tension. 3. Compound bars. 4. Introduction to Cylinders (F). 5. Thin Cylinders. 6. Introduction to rotating rims (F). 7. Thin Rotating Rims. 8. Shear force and Bending moment in beams. 9. Close Coiled helical Springs. 10 Pin Jointed frames. 11. Material testing. Practicals: Consist of three fundamental experiments and three experiments. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. THERMODYNAMICS II Course Code Course Name EMTH 2/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs per semester 6 x 45 min

3 x 2 hrs

NQF Level 5 Project per semester 3 x 45 min



Content/ Syllabus

Theory: 1. Revision of physic fundamentals (F). 2. Principles of Thermodynamics (F). 3. Introduction to properties of gases (F). 4. Gases. 5. Introduction to properties of water (F). 6. Properties of water and steam. 7. Introduction to steam plant (F). 8. Steam plant layout. 9. Introduction to Condensers (F). 10. Condensers. 11. Combustion. Practicals: consist of three fundamental experiments chosen from approved thermodynamics sections. Consist of three experiments chosen from approved thermodynamics sections. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MATHEMATICS II Course Code Course Name EMAT 2/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs



6 x 45 min

3 x 45 min

30

None

Content/ Syllabus


Theory: 1. Review of Mathematical concepts covered under Maths I (F). 2. Matrix Algebra. 3. Hyperbolic Functions. 4. Parametric Equations. 5. Newton’s Method. 6. Review of Differentiation (F). 7. Partial Differentiation. 8. Review of Integration. 9. Integration techniques and integration applications. 10. Introduction to 1st order Differential Equations. 11. First Order Differential Equations. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.


164

12.6.3

B Tech: Engineering: Mechanical

12.6.3.1


For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical. 12.6.3.2


For details see same section under National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical, except that graduates will be able to perform work at the technologist level. 12.6.3.3


The purpose of the B Tech: Engineering: Mechanical is to train technologists who will meet the criteria for registration as a professional technologist by the Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA), and who will display competence as part of the engineering team in the execution of technical tasks under remote supervision by using and applying their knowledge in independent judgment in the identification and solution of complex mechanical engineering problems. This qualification is intended for technologist level employment in industry within the range of planning, design, construction and maintenance of mechanical engineering operations. Diplomats achieving this qualification should, after initial supervision, be able to apply engineering principles, techniques and instruments to systematically diagnose an solve broadly-defined mechanical engineering problems, perform procedural design functions of limited context, be able to use appropriate terminology, style and structure to communicate effectively with superiors and subordinates, apply management concepts to projects and operations and exhibit an awareness of ethics, professionalism, safety and consideration of the social and natural environment. 12.6.3.4 • • • • •


Ability to apply Mechanical Engineering principles to systematically diagnose and solve broadly-defined Mechanical Engineering problems. Demonstrate the application of knowledge and the requisite skills in a Mechanical Engineering environment. Perform procedural design of broadly-defined elements/components to meet desired needs. Solutions may be partially outside standards and codes and will require judgement that can be justified. Communicate technical, supervisory and general management information effectively, both orally and in writing, using appropriate language, structure, style and graphical support. Acquire knowledge of self-management principles and concepts for managing projects and/or operations within the Mechanical Engineering environment, within the range: Maintenance, Operation, Development, Safety, Quality Assurance, and Environmental.

The graduate achieving this qualification should therefore be able to: • Perform procedural design of broadly-defined elements/components to meet desired needs. • Follow developments in Mechanical Engineering and critique the status of current knowledge. • Apply the knowledge gained to new, broadly-defined, situations, both concrete and abstract, in the workplace/community. • Problems require identification and analysis, may be ill-posed and have a degree of uncertainty 165 2014 PROSPECTUS

• • • • • •

Gather evidence from primary sources and journals using appropriate retrieval skills, and organise, synthesise and present the information professionally in a mode appropriate to the audience. Use basic methods of enquiry in a Mechanical Engineering environment to contribute to a project. Demonstrate the capacity to explore and exploit educational, entrepreneurial, and career opportunities, and to develop him/her professionally, including the ability to proceed to the BTech level. Make independent decisions taking into account the relevant technical, economic, social, safety and environmental factors. Work independently, as a member of a team and as a supervisor Relate Mechanical Engineering activities to environmental, safety, cultural and economic sustainability.

12.6.3.5


This qualification has same Critical Cross-Field Outcomes as for National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical. 12.6.3.6


12.6.3.6.1


The programme is offered in terms of the: • Formal Technikon Instructional Programmes in the RSA - NATED Report 151 (99/01) of Education NATED 150/151 document. • South African Qualifications Authority Registered Qualification: Bachelor of Technology: Engineering: Mechanical - SAQA 0480/09 - ID 80136 12.6.3.7


12.6.3.7.1


The minimum admission requirement is that candidates should have accumulated at least one year of appropriate post diploma experience and A revised National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical (S-stream), or its equivalent OR (ii) A National Higher Diploma: Mechanical Engineering (T4) with the appropriate courses at this level for the field of specialization the candidate wishes to pursue OR (iii) A National Diploma: Mechanical Engineering (T3) with at least two (2) of the following S4-level courses: Applied Strength of Materials III, Steam Plant III, Hydraulic Machines III, Mathematics III. Newly qualified diplomats who wish to proceed directly to the B.Tech programme without the experiential requirements may be admitted if they obtained an average of at least 60% in their level III courses. However, admission is not automatic, as candidates will be selected on the basis of their proven academic record and post qualification professional experience.


166

12.6.3.7.2



Programme Rules



For Admission Rules see the section on Admission Requirements above. In addition the Department will consider courses done at other Tertiary Institutions for exemption, in accordance with the Rules and Regulations of the University subject to the following criteria. If a student wishes to graduate from WSU but decides to enroll for one or more programme courses at another university, then the student must lodge a written application (through the HOD to Director of School) before registration at the other Institution. Students must take note of the institutional rules which state that: • Not more than 50 % of the courses in the qualification will be exempted in this way. • All exit level courses must be done at WSU. • Only in exceptional circumstances will recognition of one (1) exit level subject from another university be considered but such consideration is subject to a recommendation from the Department and approval thereof by Senate. • Any provisional approval by school/faculty is subject to final approval by Senate [also see WSU’s General Rules & Regulations]. Where the applicant cannot meet the criteria as is stipulated in this section, the applicant will be advised that the qualification cannot be awarded by WSU and that he/she should apply to graduate at the other Institution. Applications from students wishing to enroll for individual courses, which will not lead to the award of a qualification (i.e. enroll for non degree/diploma purposes) will only be considered after students wishing to study towards full degree/diploma qualifications have been accommodated, as enrolment is subject to space being available. Students coming from other higher education institutions are to be advised at admission, by the Head of Department that admission to the programme remains provisional and that at registration they are required to immediately apply for recognition of any credits which they wish to be considered. Approval of such applications is subject to the application for recognition of credits being approved by Senate. Where a student wishes to apply to graduate the fully completed applications for recognition of credits, if it forms part of the grad application must be received by the HoD before 15th January (for May graduation event) and before 30 April (for September graduation event). Failure to comply with these requirements will result in non processing of applications and/or automatic de-registration of students. 12.6.3.7.5

Progression Rules

12.6.3.7.5.1


Refer to the institutional rules on re-admission of students.

167

2014

PROSPECTUS

12.6.3.7.6

Exit Rules

12.6.3.7.7

Completion Rules

Over and above the requirements as set out below an application for the award of a qualification will be scrutinised for compliance to the statutory requirements as is set out in NATED documents together with the requirements as is described in WSU’s General Rules & Regulations. The qualification will be awarded after completing 1 credits with courses as per course combination rules described under Curriculum section below. 12.6.3.7.8

Exclusion Rules

Refer to the WSU’s General Rules & Regulations for re-admission of existing students. The respective maximum permissible period of study for the BTech: Eng: Civil qualification, done on a Part-Time study basis is 4 years. After the maximum period students will not be allowed to register at the WSU. A student may appeal the decision to the Dean to reconsider his/her case. The Dean shall, through the Faculty Board, make a recommendation to the Senate. The Senate decision on the appeal shall be final [also see Rule G7-10 of WSU’s General Rules & Regulations]. The specific rules on exclusion for the BTech: Mechanical Engineering is as follows: A student that progresses at a slower rate than that set out below, will be refused further readmission on the grounds of “poor academic performance” While student is enrolled in BTech Part time Programme At the end of academic period (semesters)

1

2

3

4

5

6


15

30

45

60

75

90 105

12.6.3.8

7

8 120

Programmes offering

The Department of Mechanical Engineering currently operates from only the Chiselhurst Delivery Site in East London, Buffalo City. 12.6.3.8.1


Course Semester 1 (6 months) of Year 1 Refrigeration and Air-conditioning IV Strength of materials IV Turbo machines IV Manufacturing Management IV Engineering Design Project IV (year course) Semester 2 (6 months) of Year 1 Thermodynamics IV Stress Analysis IV Fluid mechanics IV Total credits required [from the above]


168

Code Note 1

Credit

MTHD4/0 STMC4/0 FMED4/0 MMED4/0 MEDC4/0

0.125 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.250

MTHC4/0 STMD4/0 FMEC4/0

0,125 0.125 0.125 1,000

12.6.3.8.2




BTech Courses Refrigeration and Air-conditioning IV Thermodynamics IV Strength of Materials IV Stress Analysis IV Fluid Mechanics IV Turbo Machines IV Engineering Design Project IV 12.6.3.8.4

Pre-Requisite Steam Plant III Steam Plant III Applied Strength of Materials III Applied Strength of Materials III Hydraulic Machines III Hydraulic Machines III Mathematics III, Engineering Design III

Available electives

Note: Offerings of electives cannot be guaranteed and are subject to physical and human resources being available and viable student enrolment numbers being met (as determined by HOD). Maintenance Management IV Manufacturing Management IV 12.6.3.8.5





Articulation

Vertical A candidacy programme toward registration as a Professional Engineering Technologist. For graduates with an appropriate level of achievement, the ability to enter NQF level 8 programmes and then proceed to masters degrees. In programmes designed for certificated engineers, the education base for achieving proficiency in mining / plant operations and occupational health and safety Horizontal Within WSU: Horizontal Articulation is possible with other B Tech qualifications offered by the university at NQF Level 7. Other Universities: Horizontal Articulation is possible by enrolment in B Tech qualifications offered by such institutions, subject to the relevant institution’s admission requirements.

169

2014

PROSPECTUS

Professional Articulation: After graduation a candidacy programme toward registration as a Professional Engineering Technologist can be followed as per conditions laid down by the Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA). 12.6.3.9


REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING IV Course Code Course Name NQF Level MTHD 4/0 (see above) 7 Lectures per week Pracs/Projects per Consultation per week One on one semester 1 x 4 hrs 3 x 2 hrs 1 x 2 hrs



15

Content / Syllabus

Theory: 1. Air conditioning. 2. Refrigeration. 3. Cold storage. 4. Components. Practicals: consist of three experiments chosen from approved thermodynamics sections. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. STRENGTH OF MATERIALS IV Course Code Course Name STMD 4/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs/Projects per semester 1 x 4 hrs 1 x 10 hrs




None

15

150

Content / Syllabus Theory: 1. Deflection Of statically indeterminate. 2. Energy Methods. 3. Unsymmetrical bending. 4. Theory of Failures. 5. Shear in Thin Walled Sections. 6. Inelastic Behavior. 7. Struts. Practicals: Project. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. MANUFACTURING MANAGEMENT IV Module Code Module Name MMED 4/0 (see above) Lectures per week One on one consultation sessions per week None 5 hrs




None

15

150

Content / Syllabus Theory: Organizational Structures (Coorporate services, Finance, Planning, Marketing); Computer Aided Engineering(Quality, CAPS, Design and Drafting, Logistics, AMT); Computer Aided Manufacturing (Automation, Robotics, FAS, FMS, Data Acquisition methods and systems) Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments. . Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. ENGINEERING DESIGN PROJECT 4 Course Code Course Name


NQF Level

170

Credits

Duration

MEDC 4/0 Lectures per week

None

(see above) One on one consultation sessions / week 4 hrs

7 Tutorials per week

30 (0,25) Number of weeks

Semester Notional hours

None

30

150

Content / Syllabus Theory: 1.Design Process. 2. Research Methodology 3. Project Management 4. MS Project 5. Power Point Presentations. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments. . Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%. THERMODYNAMICS IV Course Code Course Name MTHC 4/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs/Projects per semester 1 x 4 hrs 3 x 2 hrs

NQF Level 7 Consultation per week (one on one) 1 x 2 hrs



Content / Syllabus

Theory: 1. Steady heat conduction. 2. Forced convection. 3. Natural convection. 4. Boiling and condensation 5. Radiation heat transfer. 6. Heat exchangers. 7. Solar power Practicals: consist of three experiments chosen from approved thermodynamics sections. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. STRESS ANALYSIS IV Course Code Course Name STMD 4/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs/Projects per semester 1 x 4 hrs 1 x 10 hrs




None

15

150

Content / Syllabus Theory: 1. Strain Gauges. 2. Introduction to Finite Elements. 3. Discretization of Problems. 4. Interpolation Functions and Simplex Elements. 5. Formulation of Element Matrices. 6. Modeling Procedures and Results Processing. Practicals: Project. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from assessments based on assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. FLUID MECHANICS IV Course Code Course Name FMEC 4/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs/Projects per semester 1 x 4 hrs 1 x 10 hrs

NQF Level 7 Tutorials and consultation per week None



Content / Syllabus Theory: 1. Dimensional Analysis and Similarity. 2. Flow over immersed bodies, External flow (Boundary layer). 3. Compressible Flow. 4. Advanced Flow in pipes. Practicals: Project.

171

2014

PROSPECTUS

Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%.

TURBO MACHINES IV Course Code Course Name FMED 4/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs/Projects per semester 1 x 4 hrs 1 x 10 hrs




Content / Syllabus Theory: 1. Basic Thermodynamics. 2. Fluid Mechanics and definitions of Efficiency,. 3. Two Dimensional Cascades. 4. Axial Flow Turbines. 5. Axial flow Compressors and fans. 6. Three Dimensional Flows in Axial Turbo machines. 7. Centrifugal Pumps, Fans and Compressors Practicals: Project. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained assessments based on tutorials, assignments, projects, and tests. Final mark will be obtained from the Year Mark (DP) x 40% + Exam Mark x 60%. ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING IV Course Code Course Name ENVI 4/0 (see above) Lectures per week Pracs/Projects per semester 1 x 4 hrs 1 x 10 hrs




Content / Syllabus Theory: 1. Introduction and Information Literacy. 2. Our Coastal Areas,. 3. Tools and Governance. 4. Water. 5. Energy. 6. Air quality. 7. Wastes and Effluents Practicals: Project. Assessment: Year mark (DP) will be obtained from continuous assessment based on assignments. Final mark will be obtained from the average of assignments and in meeting outcomes. Pass mark required is 50%.


172

13. Institute for Advanced Tooling (Eastern Cape) The Institute for Advanced Tooling (IAT) is a unit within the Technology Station Programme of the Technology Innovation Agency (TIA), which is in turn funded by the Department of Science and Technology. The unit is based at the Chiselhurst Delivery Site and forms part of the Department of Mechanical Engineering at WSU. The primary focus of the IAT is to develop SMME’s through innovation and commercialisation activities. The unit provides support services in product development, prototyping, tooling, technology transfer, technology demonstration, skills development and Research Development. The main aim is to improve the number and quality of locally developed products thereby increasing employment and creating greater opportunities in the local and international markets. Project work is carried out for the benefit of (mainly) regional industry which has the added benefit of linking WSU with the market that is serves. Applications are considered by the unit for project funding to support product development, from concept through to tooling and eventual commercialisation. The unit also focuses on providing support for the Renewable Energy sector. Projects include solar thermal, solar PV and wind energy. The current R&D focus area is in the field of small HAWT’s. The IAT also provides an important support service to the Department of Mechanical Engineering through training in CAD and CNC Programming. Further support is also provided through mentoring of BTech students, in particular for Design Projects. The aim of the IAT is to assist the Department of Mechanical Engineering to grow research its capacity and output, with the specific objective to develop researchers to support the local and national manufacturing industries.

173

2014

PROSPECTUS

NOTES ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________


174